2012 SENTRA OWNER'S MANUAL
Upcoming SlideShare
Loading in...5
×
 

2012 SENTRA OWNER'S MANUAL

on

  • 1,204 views

Classic Cars Nissan offers you excellent sales and service on new or used Nissan vehicles. Stop in and test drive a Nissan 2012 SENTRA or any car or truck today! We're located Hainesport New Jersey ...

Classic Cars Nissan offers you excellent sales and service on new or used Nissan vehicles. Stop in and test drive a Nissan 2012 SENTRA or any car or truck today! We're located Hainesport New Jersey between Cherry Hill and Mount Holly. Only 20 minutes from Philadelphia. Classic Cars Nissan 1513 Route 38 Hainesport, NJ 08036 866-CLASSIC or 866-252-7742

Statistics

Views

Total Views
1,204
Views on SlideShare
1,204
Embed Views
0

Actions

Likes
0
Downloads
2
Comments
0

0 Embeds 0

No embeds

Accessibility

Upload Details

Uploaded via as Adobe PDF

Usage Rights

© All Rights Reserved

Report content

Flagged as inappropriate Flag as inappropriate
Flag as inappropriate

Select your reason for flagging this presentation as inappropriate.

Cancel
  • Full Name Full Name Comment goes here.
    Are you sure you want to
    Your message goes here
    Processing…
Post Comment
Edit your comment

2012 SENTRA OWNER'S MANUAL 2012 SENTRA OWNER'S MANUAL Presentation Transcript

  • ® 2012 S E NTRA OWNER’S MANUALFor your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.
  • FOREWORD READ FIRST—THEN DRIVE SAFELYWelcome to the growing family of new NISSAN In addition to factory installed options, your ve- Before driving your vehicle, please read thisowners. This vehicle is delivered to you with hicle may also be equipped with additional ac- Owner’s Manual carefully. This will ensure famil-confidence. It was produced using the latest cessories installed by NISSAN or by your iarity with controls and maintenance require-techniques and strict quality control. NISSAN dealer prior to delivery. It is important ments, assisting you in the safe operation of your that you familiarize yourself with all disclosures, vehicle.This manual was prepared to help you under- warnings, cautions and instructions concerningstand the operation and maintenance of your proper use of such accessories prior to operating WARNINGvehicle so that you may enjoy many miles (kilome- the vehicle and/or accessory. See a NISSANters) of driving pleasure. Please read through this dealer for details concerning the particular ac- IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE-manual before operating your vehicle. cessories with which your vehicle is equipped. MINDERS FOR SAFETY!A separate Warranty Information Booklet Follow these important driving rules toexplains details about the warranties cov- help ensure a safe and comfortable tripering your vehicle. The “NISSAN Service for you and your passengers!and Maintenance Guide” explains details ● NEVER drive under the influence of al-about maintaining and servicing your ve- cohol or drugs.hicle. Additionally, a separate CustomerCare/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) will ● ALWAYS observe posted speed limitsexplain how to resolve any concerns you and never drive too fast for conditions.may have with your vehicle, as well as ● ALWAYS give your full attention to drivingclarify your rights under your state’s lemon and avoid using vehicle features or takinglaw. other actions that could distract you.Your NISSAN dealership knows your vehicle ● ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro-best. When you require any service or have any priate child restraint systems. Preteenquestions, they will be glad to assist you with the children should be seated in the rear seat.extensive resources available to them. ● ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle. ● ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manual for important safety information.
  • WHEN READING THE MANUALMODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This manual includes information for all options available on this model. Therefore, you may findThis vehicle should not be modified. some information that does not apply to yourModification could affect its vehicle.performance, safety or durability, and All information, specifications and illustrations inmay even violate governmental this manual are those in effect at the time ofregulations. In addition, damage or per- printing. NISSAN reserves the right to changeformance problems resulting from modi- specifications or design without notice and with-fications may not be covered under out obligation.NISSAN warranties. IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual. They are used in the following ways: APD1005 If you see this symbol, it means “Do not do this” WARNING or “Do not let this happen.” This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury. To avoid or reduce the If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra- risk, the procedures must be followed tion, it means the arrow points to the front of the precisely. vehicle. CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these hazard that could cause minor or moder- indicate movement or action. ate personal injury or damage to your ve- hicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, the pro- cedures must be followed carefully. Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration.
  • CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 BLUETOOTH௡ is aWARNING trademark owned by WARNING Bluetooth SIG, Inc.,Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, U.S.A. and licensedand certain vehicle components contain to Visteon.or emit chemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birth de- XM Radio௡ requiresfects or other reproductive harm. In addi- subscription, soldtion, certain fluids contained in vehiclesand certain products of component wear separately. Not avail-contain or emit chemicals known to the able in Alaska, HawaiiState of California to cause cancer and or Guam. For morebirth defects or other reproductive harm. information, visitCALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE www.xmradio.com.ADVISORYSome vehicle parts, such as lithium batter-ies, may contain perchlorate material. Thefollowing advisory is provided: “PerchlorateMaterial – special handling may apply, Seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/”. © Nissan Mexicana, S. A. de C. V. All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of Nissan Mexicana, S. A. de C. V.
  • NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAMNISSAN CARES . . .Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer areour primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs.However, if there is something that your NISSAN The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the You can write to NISSAN with the information at:dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to following information: For U.S. customersprovide NISSAN directly with comments or Nissan North America, Inc. – Your name, address, and telephone numberquestions, please contact the NISSAN Con- Consumer Affairs Departmentsumer Affairs Department using our toll-free – Vehicle identification number (attached to the P.O. Box 685003number: top of the instrument panel on the driver’s Franklin, TN 37068-5003 side)For U.S. customers For Canadian customers 1-800-NISSAN-1 – Date of purchase Nissan Canada Inc. (1-800-647-7261) 5290 Orbitor Drive – Current odometer reading Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5For Canadian customers – Your NISSAN dealer’s name 1-800-387-0122 or via e-mail at: – Your comments or questions For U.S. customers OR nnaconsumeraffairs@nissan-usa.com For Canadian customers information.centre@nissancanada.com We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.
  • Table of Illustrated table of contents 0Contents Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 Instruments and controls 2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4 Starting and driving 5 In case of emergency 6 Appearance and care 7 Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8 Technical and consumer information 9 Index 10
  • 0 Illustrated table of contentsAir bags, seat belts and child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-2 Instrument panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-6Exterior front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-3 Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-8Exterior rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-4 Warning/indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-10Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5
  • AIR BAGS, SEAT BELTS AND CHILDRESTRAINTS 1. Top tether anchor (P. 1-28) 2. Rear headrest (P. 1-10) 3. Rear seat belts (P. 1-13) 4. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental air bag (P. 1-42) 5. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag (P. 1-42) 6. Front-seat Active Head Restraint (P. 1-10) 7. Front seat belts (P. 1-13) 8. Supplemental front-impact air bags (P. 1-42) 9. Seats (P. 1-2) 10. Occupant classification sensor (pressure sensor) (P.1-42) 11. Seat belt with pretensioner (P. 1-55) 12. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) (P. 1-26) See the page number indicated in paren- theses for operating details. LII00880-2 Illustrated table of contents
  • EXTERIOR FRONT 1. Engine hood (P. 3-23) 2. Windshield wiper and washer switch (P. 2-21) 3. Windshield (P. 8-20) 4. Moonroof (if so equipped) (P. 2-39) 5. Power windows (if so equipped) (P. 2-35) 6. Door locks, keyfob (if so equipped), NISSAN Intelligent Key ™ (if so equipped), keys (P. 3-4, 3-7, 3-11, 3-2) 7. Mirrors (P. 3-28) 8. Tire pressure (P. 8-31) 9. Flat tire (P. 6-2) 10. Tire chains (P. 8-38) 11. Headlight and turn signal switch (P. 2-23) 12. Replacing bulbs (P. 8-28) 13. Fog light switch (if so equipped) (P. 2-23) 14. Tie down hook (if so equipped) (P. 6-14) See the page number indicated in paren- theses for operating details. LII0089 Illustrated table of contents 0-3
  • EXTERIOR REAR 1. Trunk lid (P.3-23 ) 2. Vehicle loading (P. 9-12) 3. Interior trunk lid release (P. 3-24) 4. Rear window defroster switch (P. 2-22) 5. Child safety locks (P. 3-7) 6. Fuel-filler door (P. 3-25) 7. Fuel-filler cap, fuel recommendation (P. 3-25, P. 9-3) 8. Replacing bulbs (P. 8-28) 9. Rear tie down hook (if so equipped) (P. 6-14) 10. Exterior trunk lid release/request button (P. 3-17, 3-24) 11. RearView monitor (if so equipped) (P. 4-8) See the page number indicated in paren- theses for operating details. LII01760-4 Illustrated table of contents
  • PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 1. Rear seat (P. 1-3) 2. Moonroof (if so equipped) (P. 2-39) 3. Interior lights, illuminated entry, moonroof switch (if so equipped) (P. 2-41, P. 2-23, P. 2-39) 4. Sun visors (P. 3-28) 5. Rearview mirror (P. 3-28) 6. Glove box (P. 2-32) 7. Cup holders (P. 2-31) 8. Parking brake, parking on hills (P. 5-20, P. 5-24) 9. Front seat (P. 1-2) 10. Front console (P. 2-33) 11. Rear armrest, cup holders (if so equipped) (P. 1-7, P 2-31) See the page number indicated in paren- theses for operating details. LII0091 Illustrated table of contents 0-5
  • INSTRUMENT PANEL 7. Windshield wiper/washer switch (P. 2-21) 8. Storage bin (if so equipped) (P. 2-29) 9. Audio system (P. 4-32, 4-35, 4-39) 10. Center ventilator (P. 4-14) 11. Passenger’s supplemental air bag (P. 1-42) 12. Side ventilator (P. 4-14) 13. Storage bin (if so equipped) (P. 2-29) 14. Engine oil pressure gauge (if so equipped) (P. 2-8) 15. g (gravity)-force gauge (if so equipped) (P. 2-6) 16. Hazard warning flasher switch (if so equipped) (P. 2-25) 17. Hazard warning flasher switch (if so equipped) (P. 2-25); Manual shift mode switch (if so equipped) (P.5-15) 18. Navigation system* (if so equipped) (P. 4-45) WIC1600 19. Glove box (P. 2-32)1. Headlight/fog light (if so equipped) 3. Driver’s supplemental air bag/Horn 20. Front passenger air bag status light /turn signal switch (P. 2-23); Manual (P. 1-42, 2-26) (P. 1-42) 4. Meters and gauges (P. 2-3) 21. Climate control (P. 4-14) shift paddles (if so equipped) (P.5-15) 5. Instrument brightness control (P. 2-24) 22. Shift selector (P. 5-13)2. Steering wheel switch for audio control 6. Cruise control main/set switches 23. Power outlet (P. 2-28) and Bluetoothா Hands-Free Phone 24. Ignition switch (P. 5-7) System (if so equipped) (P. 4-61, 4-63) (if so equipped) (P. 5-21)0-6 Illustrated table of contents
  • 25. Tilt steering (P.3-27)26. Storage bin (P. 2-29)27. Hood release lever (P. 3-23)28 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch (if so equipped) (P.2-17)* Refer to the separate Navigation System Own-er’s Manual (if so equipped).See the page number indicated in paren-theses for operating details. Illustrated table of contents 0-7
  • ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS MR20DE engine 1. Engine coolant reservoir (P. 8-8) 2. Engine oil filler cap (P. 8-10) 3. Brake fluid reservoir/Clutch fluid reservoir (M/T model) (P. 8-14) 4. Battery (P. 8-15) 5. Air cleaner (P. 8-19) 6. Fuse/fusible link box (P. 8-22) 7. Radiator cap (P. 8-8) 8. Engine oil dipstick (P. 8-10) 9. Drive belt location (P.8-17) 10. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir (P. 8-15) See the page number indicated in paren- theses for operating details. LDI07090-8 Illustrated table of contents
  • QR25DE engine 1. Engine coolant reservoir (P. 8-8) 2. Engine oil filler cap (P. 8-10) 3. Brake fluid reservoir/Clutch fluid reservoir (M/T model) (P. 8-14) 4. Battery (P. 8-15) 5. Air cleaner (P. 8-19) 6. Fuse/fusible link box (P. 8-22) 7. Radiator cap (P. 8-8) 8. Engine oil dipstick (P. 8-10) 9. Drive belt location (P.8-17) 10. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir (P. 8-15) *Engine cover removed for clarity. See the page number indicated in paren- theses for operating details.WDI0637 Illustrated table of contents 0-9
  • WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning Name Page Warning Name Page Indicator Name Page light light light Anti-lock Braking 2-11 Low fuel warning 2-13 Continuously Vari- 2-15 System (ABS) warn- light able Transmission or ing light (CVT) position indi- Low tire pressure 2-13 cator light (CVT warning light (if so models) equipped) Brake warning light 2-11 Cruise main switch 2-15 Low windshield- 2-14 indicator light (if so washer fluid warning equipped) or light (if so equipped) Cruise set switch 2-16 NISSAN Intelligent 2-14 indicator light (if so Key™ warning light equipped) Charge warning light 2-12 (if so equipped) Front passenger air 2-16 P position selecting 2-14 bag status light Door open warning 2-12 warning light (CVT light or models) (if so equipped) Electric power 2-12 steering warning Seat belt warning 2-15 light light and chime High beam indicator 2-16 light (blue) Engine oil pressure 2-12 Supplemental air 2-15 warning light bag warning light Malfunction Indica- 2-16 tor Light (MIL)0-10 Illustrated table of contents
  • Indicator Name Page light Overdrive off indica- 2-17 tor light (CVT mod- els) Security indicator 2-17 light Side light and head- 2-17 light indicator light (green) Slip indicator light (if 2-17 so equipped) Turn signal/hazard 2-17 indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic 2-17 Control (VDC) OFF indicator light (if so equipped) Illustrated table of contents 0-11
  • MEMO0-12 Illustrated table of contents
  • 1 Safety—Seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint systemSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Precautions on child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24 Front manual seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for Rear folding seat system (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . 1-3 CHildren) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26 Head restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Rear-facing child restraint installation using Adjustable headrest (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28 Rear-facing child restraint installation usingSeat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 the seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30 Precautions on seat belt usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 Forward-facing child restraint installation Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 using LATCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-33 Injured persons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Forward-facing child restraint installation Three-point type seat belt with retractor . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 using the seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-34 Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22 Installing top tether strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38 Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22 Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-39Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22 Supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-42 Infants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23 Precautions on supplemental restraint Small children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23 system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-42 Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23 Supplemental air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-56Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24 Supplemental air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-57
  • SEATS ● The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort. Seat belts are most effective when the pas- senger sits well back and straight up in the seat. If the seatback is reclined, the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased. CAUTION When adjusting the seat positions, be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and/or damage. ARS1152 FRONT MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENT WARNING ● For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion, the seat should● Do not ride in a moving vehicle when be upright. Always sit well back in the the seatback is reclined. This can be seat with both feet on the floor and dangerous. The shoulder belt will not adjust the seat properly. See “Precau- be against your body. In an accident, tions on seat belt usage” later in this you could be thrown into it and receive section. neck or other serious injuries. You could also slide under the lap belt and ● After adjustment, gently rock in the seat receive serious internal injuries. to make sure it is securely locked. ● Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle. They could unknowingly ac- tivate switches or controls. Unattended children could become involved in seri- ous accidents.1-2 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
  • WRS0719 WRS0720 WRS0721Forward and backward Reclining Seat lifter (if so equipped for driver’sPull the center of the bar up and hold it while you To recline the seatback, pull the lever up and lean seat)slide the seat forward or backward to the desired back. To bring the seatback forward, pull the lever Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to adjustposition. Release the bar to lock the seat in up and lean your body forward. Release the lever the seat height until the desired position isposition. to lock the seatback in position. achieved. The reclining feature allows adjustment of the REAR FOLDING SEAT SYSTEM (if so seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat equipped) belt fit. See “Precautions on seat belt usage” later in this section. Also, the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the shift selector (CVT) is in P (Park) or the manual transmission is in N (Neutral) with the parking brake applied. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3
  • ● Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or col- lision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury. ● When returning the seatbacks to the upright position, be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi- tion. If they are not completely secured, passengers may be injured in an acci- dent or sudden stop. ● Closely supervise children when they LRS0728 WRS0726 are around cars to prevent them fromInterior trunk access (if so equipped) 2. Pull up on the strap ᭺ located on the top A playing and becoming locked in the outboard side of the seat to be folded. trunk where they could be seriously in-The trunk can be accessed from the rear seat for jured. Keep the car locked, with the rearloading and unloading, as shown. 3. Fold the seatback down. seatback and trunk lid securely latched 1. Stow the outboard seat belts with the clip when not in use, and prevent children’s WARNING access to car keys. before folding the rear seatbacks. ● Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo When folding the passenger’s side rear area or on the rear seat when it is in the seatback, first disconnect and stow the cen- fold-down position. Use of these areas ter seat belt. See “Stowing the rear center by passengers without proper restraints seat belt” later in this section. could result in serious injury in an acci- dent or sudden stop.1-4 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
  • WRS0827 LRS0730 LRS2061Folding the rear cushions and 2. The headrests must be removed before fold-seatbacks (if so equipped) ing down the seatbacks. To remove the headrests, push and hold the lock knob ᭺1 1. Lift up on the front edge of the seat cushion while moving the headrest in an upward and fold it toward the front of the vehicle. direction. Store the headrest properly so it is not loose in the vehicle. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5
  • ● Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or col- lision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury. ● When returning the seatbacks to the upright position, be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi- tion. If they are not completely secured, passengers may be injured in an acci- dent or sudden stop. ● Closely supervise children when they LRS2062 LRS0731 are around cars to prevent them from 3. To return the headrest to the normal position, 4. Fold down seatbacks. See “Interior trunk playing and becoming locked in the align the headrest stalks with the holes in the access” earlier in this section. trunk where they could be seriously in- seat. Push and hold the lock knob ᭺ and1 jured. Keep the car locked, with the rear push the headrest down. WARNING seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use, and prevent children’s Properly adjust the headrest before an oc- ● Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo access to car keys. cupant uses the seating position. area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold-down position. Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury in an acci- dent or sudden stop.1-6 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
  • HEAD RESTRAINTS WARNING Head restraints supplement the other ve- hicle safety systems. They may provide additional protection against injury in cer- tain rear end collisions. Adjust the head restraints properly, as specified in this section. Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat. Do not attach anything to the head restraint stalks or remove the head restraint. Do not use the seat if the head restraint has been re- WIC1097 moved. If the head restraint was removed, LRS0893 reinstall and properly adjust the head re-Center armrest (if so equipped) straint before an occupant uses the seat- The illustration shows the seating positions ing position. Failure to follow these in- equipped with head restraints. All of the headPull the armrest down until it is horizontal. restraints are adjustable. structions can reduce the effectiveness of the head restraints. This may increase the ᭡ Indicates the seating position is equipped with risk of serious injury or death in a a head restraint. collision. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-7
  • LRS0887 WRS0134 LRS0888Components Adjustment To raise the head restraint, pull it up. 1. Head restraint Adjust the head restraint so the center is level with the center of the seat occupant’s ears. 2. Adjustment notches 3. Lock knob 4. Stalks1-8 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
  • LRS0889 LRS0890 LRS0891To lower, push and hold the lock knob and push Removal Installthe head restraint down. Use the following procedure to remove the ad- 1. Align the head restraint stalks with the holes justable head restraints. in the seat. Make sure the head restraint is facing the correct direction. The stalk with the adjustment notches ᭺ must be installed 1. Pull the head restraint up to the highest 1 in the hole with the lock knob ᭺. position. 2 2. Push and hold the lock knob. 2. Push and hold the lock knob and push the 3. Remove the head restraint from the seat. head restraint down. 4. Store the head restraint properly so it is not 3. Properly adjust the head restraint before an loose in the vehicle. occupant uses the seating position. 5. Reinstall and properly adjust the head re- straint before an occupant uses the seating position. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9
  • Adjust the Active Head Restraints properly as described in this section. ADJUSTABLE HEADREST (if so equipped) WARNING The adjustable headrests supplement the other vehicle safety systems. They may provide additional protection against in- jury in certain rear end collisions. Adjust the headrests properly, as specified in this section. Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat. Do not attach SPA1025 anything to the adjustable headrest stalks LRS0898Front-seat Active Head Restraints or remove the adjustable headrests. Do The illustration shows the seating positions not use the seat if the adjustable head- equipped with adjustable headrests. All of theThe Active Head Restraint moves forward utiliz- rests have been removed. If the headrest headrests are adjustable.ing the force that the seatback receives from the was removed, reinstall and properly adjustoccupant in a rear-end collision. The movement Ⅲ Indicates the seating position is equipped with the headrest before an occupant uses theof the head restraint helps support the occu- an adjustable headrest. seating position. Failure to follow thesepant’s head by reducing its backward movement instructions can reduce the effectiveness + Indicates the seating position is not equippedand helping absorb some of the forces that may of the adjustable headrests. This may in- with a head restraint or adjustable headrest.lead to whiplash-type injuries. crease the risk of serious injury or death inActive Head Restraints are effective for collisions a collision.at low to medium speeds in which it is said thatwhiplash injury occurs most.Active Head Restraints operate only in certainrear-end collisions. After the collision, the headrestraints return to their original position.1-10 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
  • LRS0887 WRS0134 LRS0888Components Adjustment To raise the headrest, pull it up.1. Adjustable headrest Adjust the headrest so the center is level with the center of the seat occupant’s ears.2. Adjustment notches3. Lock knob4. Stalks Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-11
  • LRS0889 LRS0890 LRS0891To lower, push and hold the lock knob and push Removal Installthe headrest down. Use the following procedure to remove the ad- 1. Align the headrest stalks with the holes in justable headrests. the seat. Make sure the headrest is facing the correct direction. The stalk with the ad- justment notches ᭺ must be installed in the 1. Pull the headrest up to the highest position. 1 2. Push and hold the lock knob. hole with the lock knob ᭺. 2 3. Remove the headrest from the seat. 2. Push and hold the lock knob and push the headrest down. 4. Store the headrest properly so it is not loose in the vehicle. 3. Properly adjust the headrest before an oc- cupant uses the seating position. 5. Reinstall and properly adjust the headrest before an occupant uses the seating posi- tion.1-12 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
  • SEAT BELTS SSS0136PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGEIf you are wearing your seat belt properly ad-justed and you are sitting upright and well back inyour seat with both feet on the floor, your chancesof being injured or killed in an accident and/or theseverity of injury may be greatly reduced.NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of yourpassengers to buckle up every time you drive,even if your seating position includes a supple-mental air bag.Most U.S. states and Canadian provincesor territories specify that seat belts be wornat all times when a vehicle is being driven. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-13
  • SSS0134 SSS0016 WARNING WARNING● Every person who drives or rides in this ● The seat belt should be properly ad- vehicle should use a seat belt at all justed to a snug fit. Failure to do so may times. Children should be properly re- reduce the effectiveness of the entire strained in the rear seat and, if appro- restraint system and increase the priate, in a child restraint. chance or severity of injury in an acci- dent. Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly.1-14 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
  • ● Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely ● Once a seat belt pretensioner has acti- fastened to the proper buckle. vated, it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor. ● Do not wear the seat belt inside out or See your NISSAN dealer. twisted. Doing so may reduce its effectiveness. ● Removal and installation of preten- sioner system components should be ● Do not allow more than one person to done by a NISSAN dealer. use the same seat belt. ● All seat belt assemblies, including re- ● Never carry more people in the vehicle tractors and attaching hardware, than there are seat belts. should be inspected after any collision ● If the seat belt warning light glows con- by a NISSAN dealer. NISSAN recom- tinuously while the ignition is turned mends that all seat belt assemblies in ON with all doors closed and all seat use during a collision be replaced un- SSS0014 belts fastened, it may indicate a mal- less the collision was minor and the function in the system. Have the system belts show no damage and continue to WARNING checked by a NISSAN dealer. operate properly. Seat belt assemblies● Always route the shoulder belt over ● No changes should be made to the seat not in use during a collision should also your shoulder and across your chest. belt system. For example, do not modify be inspected and replaced if either Never put the belt behind your back, the seat belt, add material, or install damage or improper operation is noted. under your arm or across your neck. The devices that may change the seat belt ● All child restraints and attaching hard- belt should be away from your face and routing or tension. Doing so may affect ware should be inspected after any col- neck, but not falling off your shoulder. the operation of the seat belt system. lision. Always follow the restraint● Position the lap belt as low and snug as Modifying or tampering with the seat manufacturer’s inspection instructions possible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT THE belt system may result in serious per- and replacement recommendations. WAIST. A lap belt worn too high could sonal injury. The child restraints should be replaced increase the risk of internal injuries in if they are damaged. an accident. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-15
  • PREGNANT WOMEN THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTNISSAN recommends that pregnant women use WITH RETRACTORseat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug andalways position the lap belt as low as possible WARNINGaround the hips, not the waist. Place the shoulder ● Every person who drives or rides in thisbelt over your shoulder and across your chest. vehicle should use a seat belt at allNever run the lap/shoulder belt over your ab- times.dominal area. Contact your doctor for specificrecommendations. ● Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined. This can beINJURED PERSONS dangerous. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. In an accident,NISSAN recommends that injured persons use you could be thrown into it and receiveseat belts. Check with your doctor for specific neck or other serious injuries. Yourecommendations. WRS0719 could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries. Manual front seat shown ● For the most effective protection when Fastening the seat belts the vehicle is in motion, the seat should 1. Adjust the seat. See “Seats” earlier in this be upright. Always sit well back in the section. seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly.1-16 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
  • The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat. The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during certain impacts. The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode) locks the seat belt for child restraint installation. When the ALR mode is activated, the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted. The seat belt returns to the ELR mode WRS0137 WRS0138 after the seat belt fully retracts. See “Child re-᭺2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor ᭺ 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug straints” later in this section for more information. and insert the tongue into the buckle until on the hips as shown. you hear and feel the latch engage. The ALR mode should be used only for ᭺ 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the child restraint installation. During normal ● The retractor is designed to lock dur- retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the seat belt use by an occupant, the ALR mode ing a sudden stop or on impact. A shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder should not be activated. If it is activated, it slow pulling motion permits the seat and across your chest. belt to move, and allows you some may cause uncomfortable seat belt ten- The front passenger seat and the rear seating sion. It can also change the operation of freedom of movement in the seat. positions three-point seat belts have two modes the front passenger air bag. See “Front ● If the seat belt cannot be pulled from of operation: passenger air bag and status light” later in its fully retracted position, firmly pull this section. ● Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) the belt and release it. Then smoothly pull the belt out of the re- ● Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) tractor. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-17
  • To increase your confidence in the seat belts, WARNING check the operation as follows:When fastening the seat belts, be certainthat the seatbacks are completely se- ● Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forwardcured in the latched position. If they are quickly. The retractor should lock and re-not completely secured, passengers may strict further belt movement.be injured in an accident or sudden stop. If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about seat belt opera- tion, see a NISSAN dealer. LRS0767 Unfastening the seat belts ᭺ 1 To unfasten the seat belt, press the button on the buckle. The seat belt automatically re- tracts. Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods: ● When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the retractor. ● When the vehicle slows down rapidly.1-18 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
  • SSS0240 SSS0241Center of the rear seat (except SE-R WARNINGmodel) ● Always fasten the connector tongueThe rear seat center seat belt has a connector and the seat belt in the order shown.tongue ᭺ and a seat belt tongue ᭺. Both the 1 2 ● Always make sure both the connectorconnector tongue and the seat belt tongue must tongue and the seat belt tongue arebe securely latched for proper seat belt opera- secured when using the seat belt ortion. installing a child restraint. Do not use the seat belt or child restraint with only the seat belt tongue attached. This could result in serious personal injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop. WRS0735 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-19
  • Stowing the rear center seat belt ● If the rear center seat belt connectorWhen folding down the rear seat, the center seat and the seatbacks are not secured inbelt can be retracted into a stowed position as the correct position, serious personalfollows: injury may result in an accident or sud- den stop.᭺1 Hold the connector tongue so that the seat belt does not retract suddenly when the tongue is released from the connector buckle. Release the connector tongue by inserting a suitable tool such as key into the connector buckle ᭺. A᭺2 Retract the seat belt up to the retractor base.᭺3 Insert the seat belt connector buckle into the fabric sleeve to stow. WARNING● Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat.● When attaching the rear center seat belt connector, be certain that the seat- backs are completely secured in the latched position and the rear center seat belt connector is completely secured. WRS07361-20 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
  • Attaching the rear center seat belt WARNINGAlways be sure the center seat belt connector ● Do not unfasten the rear center seattongue and connector buckle are attached. Dis- belt connector except when foldingconnect only when folding down the rear seat. down the rear seat.To connect the buckle: ● When attaching the rear center seat᭺1 Pull out the connector buckle from the fabric belt connector, be certain that the seat- sleeve. backs are completely secured in the latched position and the rear center᭺2 Pull out the connector tongue. seat belt connector is completely᭺3 Pull the seat belt and secure the receiver secured. buckle until it clicks. ● If the rear center seat belt connectorThe center seat belt connector tongue and re- and the seatbacks are not secured inceiver buckle are indicated by the > and < marks. the correct position, serious personal LRS0242 injury may result in an accident or sud-The center seat belt connector tongue can be den stop. Shoulder belt height adjustment (frontattached only into the rear center seat belt con- seats)nector buckle. The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad-To fasten the seat belt, see “Fastening the seat justed to the position best for you. See “Precau-belts” earlier in this section. tions on seat belt usage” earlier in this section. To adjust, pull out the adjustment button ᭺ and 1 move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position ᭺, so the belt passes over the center of 2 the shoulder. The belt should be away from your face and neck, but not falling off your shoulder. Release the adjustment button to lock the shoul- der belt anchor into position. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-21
  • CHILD SAFETY ● Adults and children who can use the Children need adults to help protect them. WARNING standard seat belt should not use an They need to be properly restrained.● After adjustment, release the adjust- extender. Such unnecessary use could ment button and try to move the shoul- In addition to the general information in this result in serious personal injury in the manual, child safety information is available from der belt anchor up and down to make event of an accident. sure it is securely fixed in position. many other sources, including doctors, teachers, ● Never use seat belt extenders to install government traffic safety offices, and community● The shoulder belt anchor height should child restraints. If the child restraint is organizations. Every child is different, so be sure be adjusted to the position best for you. not secured properly, the child could be to learn the best way to transport your child. Failure to do so may reduce the effec- seriously injured in a collision or a sud- tiveness of the entire restraint system den stop. There are three basic types of child restraint and increase the chance or severity of systems: injury in an accident. SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE ● Rear-facing child restraintSEAT BELT EXTENDERS ● To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom- ● Forward-facing child restraintIf, because of body size or driving position, it is mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet. ● Booster seatnot possible to properly fit the lap/shoulder belt Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat beltsand fasten it, an extender that is compatible with to dry in the shade. Do not allow the seat belts The proper restraint depends on the child’s size.the installed seat belts is available that can be to retract until they are completely dry. Generally, infants up to about 1 year and lesspurchased. The extender adds approximately 8 in ● If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt than 20 lbs (9 kg) should be placed in rear-facing(200 mm) of length and may be used for either guide of the seat belt anchors, the seat child restraints. Forward-facing child restraintsthe driver or front passenger seating position. belts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulder are available for children who outgrow rear-See a NISSAN dealer for assistance with pur- belt guide with a clean, dry cloth. facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old.chasing an extender if an extender is required. Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle ● Periodically check to see that the seat lap/shoulder belt on a child who can no longer belt and the metal components, such as WARNING use a forward-facing child restraint. buckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wires● Only NISSAN seat belt extenders, made and anchors, work properly. If loose parts, by the same company which made the deterioration, cuts or other damage on the original equipment seat belts, should webbing is found, the entire seat belt as- be used with NISSAN seat belts. sembly should be replaced.1-22 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
  • tem (air bag system) for the front passen- restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow WARNING ger. See “Supplemental restraint system” the manufacturer’s instructions for installationInfants and children need special protec- later in this section. and use.tion. The vehicle’s seat belts may not fitthem properly. The shoulder belt may INFANTS LARGER CHILDRENcome too close to the face or neck. The Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed Children who are too large for child restraintslap belt may not fit over their small hipbones. In an accident, an improperly fit- in a rear-facing child restraint. NISSAN recom- should be seated and restrained by the seat beltsting seat belt could cause serious or fatal mends that infants be placed in child restraints which are provided. The seat belt may not fitinjury. Always use appropriate child that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety properly if the child is less than 4 ft 9 in (142.5restraints. Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety cm) tall and weighs between 40 lbs (18 kg) and Standards. You should choose a child restraint 80 lbs (36 kg). A booster seat should be used toAll U.S. states and Canadian provinces or terri- that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu- obtain proper seat belt fit.tories require the use of approved child restraints facturer’s instructions for installation and use.for infants and small children. See “Child re- NISSAN recommends that a child be placed in astraints” later in this section. SMALL CHILDREN commercially available booster seat if the shoul- der belt fits close to the face or neck or if the lapA child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at portion of the seat belt goes across the abdo-using either the LATCH (Lower Anchor and Teth- least 20 lbs (9 kg) should remain in a rear-facing men. The booster seat should raise the child soers for CHildren) system or with the vehicle seat child restraint as long as possible up to the height that the shoulder belt is properly positionedbelt. See the “Child restraints” section for more or weight limit of the child restraint. Forward- across the top, middle portion of the shoulderinformation. facing child restraints are available for children and the lap belt is low on the hips. A booster seat who outgrow rear-facing child restraints and are can only be used in seating positions that have aNISSAN recommends that all pre-teens at least 1 year old. Refer to the manufacturer’sand children be restrained in the rear seat. three-point type seat belt. The booster seat instructions for minimum and maximum weight should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certi-Studies show that children are safer when and height recommendations. NISSAN recom-properly restrained in the rear seat than in fying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle mends that small children be placed in child Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehiclethe front seat. restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. Once the child has grown soThis is especially important because your Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the facevehicle has a supplemental restraint sys- Safety Standards. You should choose a child and neck, use the shoulder belt without the booster seat. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-23
  • CHILD RESTRAINTS WARNINGNever let a child stand or kneel on anyseat and do not allow a child in the cargoarea. The child could be seriously injuredor killed in a sudden stop or collision. ARS1098 WRS0256 PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD WARNING RESTRAINTS ● Failure to follow the warnings and in- structions for proper use and installa- tion of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision: – The child restraint must be used and installed properly. Always follow all of the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions for installation and use.1-24 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
  • – Infants and children should never be – Child restraint anchor points are de- This vehicle is equipped with a universal child held on anyone’s lap. Even the stron- signed to withstand loads from child restraint anchor system, referred to as the LATCH gest adult cannot resist the forces of restraints that are properly fitted. (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) sys- a collision. tem. Some child restraints include rigid or – Never use the anchor points for adult webbing-mounted attachments that can be con-– Do not put a seat belt around both a seat belts or harnesses. nected to these anchors. For details, see “LATCH child and another passenger. – A child restraint with a top tether (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) sys-– NISSAN recommends that all child strap should not be used in the front tem” later in this section. restraints be installed in the rear passenger seat. seat. Studies show that children are If you do not have a LATCH compatible child – Keep seatbacks as upright as pos- restraint, the vehicle seat belts can be used. safer when properly restrained in the sible after fitting the child restraint. rear seat than in the front seat. If you Several manufacturers offer child restraints for must install a forward-facing child – Infants and children should always infants and children of various sizes. When se- restraint in the front seat, see be placed in an appropriate child re- lecting any child restraint, keep the following “Forward-facing child restraint in- straint while in the vehicle. points in mind: stallation using the seat belts” later ● When the child restraint is not in use, in this section. keep it secured with the LATCH system ● Choose only a restraint with a label certifying– Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air or a seat belt. In a sudden stop or colli- that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Bag System, never install a rear- sion, loose objects can injure occu- Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor facing child restraint in the front pants or damage the vehicle. Vehicle Safety Standard 213. seat. An inflating air bag could seri- ● Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be ously injure or kill a child. A rear- CAUTION sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seat facing child restraint must only be and seat belt system. used in the rear seat. A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot. Check the seating sur-– Be sure to purchase a child restraint face and buckles before placing a child in that will fit the child and vehicle. the child restraint. Some child restraints may not fit properly in your vehicle. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-25
  • ● If the child restraint is compatible with your LATCH lower anchor vehicle, place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be WARNING sure the child restraint is compatible with your child. Choose a child restraint that is Failure to follow the warnings and instruc- designed for your child’s height and weight. tions for proper use and installation of Always follow all recommended procedures. child restraints could result in serious in- jury or death of a child or other passen-All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or gers in a sudden stop or collision:territories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved child – Attach LATCH system compatiblerestraint at all times while the vehicle is child restraints only at the locationsbeing operated. Canadian law requires the shown in the illustration.top tether strap on forward-facing child – Do not secure a child restraint in therestraints be secured to the designated an- center rear seating position using LRS0724chor point on the vehicle. the LATCH lower anchors. The child LATCH system lower anchor locations restraint will not be secured properly. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers – Inspect the lower anchors by insert- for CHildren) SYSTEM ing your fingers into the lower anchor Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor area. Feel to make sure there are no points that are used with LATCH (Lower Anchors obstructions over the anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion and Tethers for CHildren) system compatible material. The child restraint will not child restraints. This system may also be referred be secured properly if the lower an- to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system. chors are obstructed. With this system, you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint.1-26 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
  • WRS0700 LRS0661 LRS0662 LATCH lower anchor location LATCH webbing-mounted attachment LATCH rigid-mounted attachmentLATCH lower anchor location Installing child restraint LATCH lower When installing a child restraint, carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual andThe LATCH lower anchors are located at the rear anchor attachments those supplied with the child restraint.of the seat cushion near the seatback. A label is LATCH compatible child restraints include twoattached to the seatback to help you locate the rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that canLATCH lower anchors. be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle. With this sys- tem, you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint. Check your child re- straint for a label stating that it is compatible with LATCH. This information may also be in the in- structions provided by the child restraint manu- facturer. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-27
  • REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child safety” and “Child restraints” sections before in- stalling a child restraint. Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child restraint using the LATCH system: 1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Al- ways follow the child restraint manufactur- er’s instructions. LRS0723 WRS0801Top tether anchor point locations Rear-facing web-mounted – step 2 2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-The child restraint top tether strap must be used ments to the LATCH lower anchors. Checkwhen installing the child restraint with the LATCH to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop-lower anchor attachments or seat belts. See “In- erly attached to the lower anchors.stalling top tether strap” later in this section.If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap child restraint on the rearseat, consult your NISSAN dealer for de-tails.Anchor points ᭺ are located on the rear parcel 1shelf.1-28 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
  • WRS0802 LRS0673 LRS0674Rear-facing rigid-mounted – step 2 Rear-facing – step 3 Rear-facing – step 4 3. For child restraints that are equipped with 4. After attaching the child restraint, test it be- webbing-mounted attachments, remove any fore you place the child in it. Push it from side additional slack from the anchor attach- to side while holding the child restraint near ments. Press downward and rearward firmly the LATCH attachment path. The child re- in the center of the child restraint with your straint should not move more than 1 inch (25 hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forward and seatback while tightening the webbing and check to see if the LATCH attachment of the anchor attachments. holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt (if applicable). Not all child restraints fit in all types of ve- hicles. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-29
  • 5. Check to make sure the child restraint is WARNING properly secured prior to each use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1 ● The three-point seat belt with Auto- through 4. matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be used when installing a child restraint. Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured. The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision. Also, it can change the operation of the front pas- senger air bag. See “Front passenger air bag and status light” later in this section. WRS0256 ● When installing a child restraint system REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT in the rear center position, both the center seat belt connector tongue and INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT buckle tongue must be secured. See BELTS “Attaching the center seat belt” in this section.1-30 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
  • WRS0256 WRS0761 LRS0669 Rear-facing – step 1 Rear-facing – step 2 Rear-facing – step 3Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child 2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child 3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullysafety” and “Child restraints” sections before in- restraint and insert it into the buckle until you extended. At this time, the seat belt retractorstalling a child restraint. hear and feel the latch engage. Be sure to is in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child follow the child restraint manufacturer’s in- mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to therestraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear structions for belt routing. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) modeseats: when the seat belt is fully retracted. 1. Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear-facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat. Position the child restraint on the seat. Always follow the restraint manufacturer’s instructions. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-31
  • LRS0670 WRS0762 WRS0763 Rear-facing – step 4 Rear-facing – step 5 Rear-facing – step 6 4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the 5. Remove any additional slack from the seat 6. After attaching the child restraint, test it be- shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt. belt; press downward and rearward firmly in fore you place the child in it. Push it from side the center of the child restraint to compress to side while holding the child restraint near the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while the seat belt path. The child restraint should pulling up on the seat belt. not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the seat belt as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.1-32 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
  • 7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 1 through 6.After the child restraint is removed and the seatbelt fully retracted, the ALR mode (child restraintmode) is canceled.FORWARD-FACING CHILDRESTRAINT INSTALLATION USINGLATCHRefer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Childsafety” and “Child restraints” sections before in-stalling a child restraint. WRS0799 WRS0800 Forward-facing web-mounted – step 2 Forward-facing rigid-mounted – step 2Follow these steps to install a forward-facingchild restraint using the LATCH system: 2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach- 3. The back of the child restraint should be ments to the LATCH lower anchors. Check secured against the vehicle seatback. 1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Al- to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop- ways follow the child restraint manufactur- If necessary, adjust or remove the head re- erly attached to the lower anchors. straint to obtain the correct child restraint fit. If er’s instructions. If the child restraint is equipped with a top the head restraint is removed, store it in a tether strap, route the top tether strap and secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head secure the tether strap to the tether anchor restraint when the child restraint is re- point. See “Installing top tether strap” in this moved. See “Head restraints” in this section for head restraint adjustment information. section. Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seat- If the seating position does not have an ing positions that do not have a top tether adjustable head restraint and it is interfering anchor. with the proper child restraint fit, try another seating position or a different child restraint. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-33
  • 7. Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1 through 6. FORWARD-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS WARNING The three-point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be used when installing a child restraint. Failure to LRS0671 WRS0697 use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured. The Forward-facing – step 4 Forward-facing – step 6 restraint could tip over or be loose and 4. For child restraints that are equipped with 6. After attaching the child restraint, test it be- cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or webbing-mounted attachments, remove any fore you place the child in it. Push it from side collision. Also, it can change the opera- additional slack from the anchor attach- to side while holding the child restraint near tion of the front passenger air bag. See ments. Press downward and rearward firmly the LATCH attachment path. The child re- “Front passenger air bag and status light” in the center of the child restraint with your straint should not move more than 1 inch (25 later in this section. knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forward and seatback while tightening the webbing When installing a child restraint system in and check to see if the LATCH attachment the rear center position, both the center of the anchor attachments. holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is seat belt connector tongue and buckle 5. Tighten the tether strap according to the not secure, tighten the LATCH attachment tongue must be secured. See “Attaching manufacturer’s instructions to remove any as necessary, or put the restraint in another the rear center seat belt” in this section. slack. seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child re- straints fit in all types of vehicles.1-34 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
  • 2. Position the child restraint on the seat. Al- ways follow the child restraint manufactur- er’s instructions. The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback. If necessary, adjust or remove the head re- straint to obtain the correct child restraint fit. If the head restraint is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the child restraint is removed. See “Head restraints” in this section for head restraint adjustment, re- moval and installation information. WRS0699 WRS0680 If the seating position does not have anForward-facing (front passenger seat) – adjustable head restraint and it is interfering Forward-facing – step 3 step 1 with the proper child restraint fit, try another 3. Route the seat belt tongue through the childRefer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child seating position or a different child restraint. restraint and insert it into the buckle until yousafety” and “Child restraints” sections before in- hear and feel the latch engage. Be sure tostalling a child restraint. follow the child restraint manufacturer’s in- structions for belt routing.Follow these steps to install a forward-facingchild restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the If the child restraint is equipped with a toprear seats or in the front passenger seat: tether strap, route the top tether strap and 1. If you must install a child restraint in secure the tether strap to the tether anchor the front seat, it should be placed in a point (rear seat installation only). See “In- forward-facing direction only. Move stalling top tether strap” in this section. Do the seat to the rearmost position. Child not install child restraints that require the use restraints for infants must be used in of a top tether strap in seating positions that the rear-facing direction and, there- do not have a top tether anchor. fore, must not be used in the front seat. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-35
  • LRS0667 LRS0668 WRS0681 Forward-facing – step 4 Forward-facing – step 5 Forward-facing – step 6 4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully 5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the 6. Remove any additional slack from the seat extended. At this time, the seat belt retractor shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt. belt; press downward and rearward firmly in is in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) the center of the child restraint with your mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode and seatback while pulling up on the seat when the seat belt is fully retracted. belt. 7. Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer’s instructions to remove any slack.1-36 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
  • 9. Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2 through 8. WRS0698 LRS0351 Forward-facing – step 8 Forward-facing – step 10 (Type A)8. After attaching the child restraint, test it be- fore you place the child in it. Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the seat belt as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-37
  • 2. If necessary, raise or remove the head re- straint to position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback. If the head restraint is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the child restraint is removed. See “Head re- straints” in this section for head re- straint adjustment, removal and instal- lation information. 3. Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on the rear parcel shelf. 4. Refer to the appropriate child restraint in- stallation procedure steps in this section LRS0316 LRS0723 before tightening the tether strap. Forward-facing — step 10 (Type B) INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP If you have any questions when installing a10. If the child restraint is installed in the front top tether strap, consult your NISSAN passenger seat, place the ignition switch in First, secure the child restraint with the LATCH dealer for details. the ON position. The front passenger air bag lower anchors (rear outboard seat positions only) or the seat belt, as applicable. status light or should illumi- nate. If this light is not illuminated, see ЉFront 1. Flip up the anchor cover ᭺ from the anchor 1 passenger air bag and status lightЉ in this point which is located directly behind the section. Move the child restraint to an- child seat. other seating position. Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.After the child restraint is removed and the seatbelt is fully retracted, the ALR mode (child re-straint mode) is canceled.1-38 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
  • BOOSTER SEATSPrecautions on booster seats WARNINGIf a booster seat and seat belt are not usedproperly, the risk of a child being injuredin a sudden stop or collision greatlyincreases: – Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child’s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the stomach. – Make sure the shoulder belt is not LRS0455 LRS0453 behind the child or under the child’s arm. – A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap/shoulder belt. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-39
  • ● Make sure the child’s head will be properly Booster seat installation supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat. The seatback must be at or above the CAUTION center of the child’s ears. For example, if a low back booster seat ᭺ is chosen, the 1 Do not use the lap/shoulder belt in the Automatic Locking Retractor mode when vehicle seatback must be at or above the using a booster seat with the seat belts. center of the child’s ears. If the seatback is lower than the center of the child’s ears, a Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child high back booster seat ᭺ should be used. 2 safety”, “Child restraints” and “Booster seats” sections before installing a child restraint. ● If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle, place the child in the booster seat Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the and check the various adjustments to be rear seat or in the front passenger seat: sure the booster seat is compatible with the LRS0464 child. Always follow all recommended pro-Booster seats of various sizes are offered by cedures.several manufacturers. When selecting any All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orbooster seat, keep the following points in mind: territories require that infants and small ● Choose only a booster seat with a label children be restrained in an approved child certifying that it complies with Federal Motor restraint at all times while the vehicle is Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian being operated. Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213. The instructions in this section apply to booster ● Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be seat installation in the rear seats or the front sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seat passenger seat. and seat belt system.1-40 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
  • If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit, try another seating position or a different booster seat. 4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child’s hips. Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer’s in- structions for adjusting the seat belt routing. 5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top, middle portion of the child’s shoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seat WRS0699 LRS0454 manufacturer’s instructions for adjusting the1. If you must install a booster seat in the Front passenger position seat belt routing. front seat, move the seat to the rear- 3. The booster seat should be positioned on 6. Follow the warnings, cautions and instruc- most position. the vehicle seat so that it is stable. tions for properly fastening a seat belt2. Position the booster seat on the seat. Only If necessary, adjust or remove the head re- shown in “Three-point type seat belt with place it in a front-facing direction. Always straint o obtain the correct booster seat fit. If retractor” earlier in this section. follow the booster seat manufacturer’s in- the head restraint is removed, store it in a structions. secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the booster seat is removed. See “Head restraints” in this sec- tion for head restraint adjustment, removal and installation information. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-41
  • SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) sec- tion contains important information concerning the following systems: ● Driver and passenger supplemental front- impact air bag (NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System) ● Front seat-mounted side-impact supple- mental air bag ● Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supple- LRS0351 LRS0316 mental air bag Type A Type B ● Seat belt with pretensioner 7. If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat, place the ignition switch in Supplemental front-impact air bag system: the ON position. The front passenger air bag The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can help status light or may or may not cushion the impact force to the head and chest of illuminate, depending on the size of the child the driver and front passenger in certain frontal and the type of booster seat being used. See collisions. “Front passenger air bag and status light” Front seat-mounted side-impact supple- later in this section. mental air bag system: This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest and pelvic area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions. The side air bags are de- signed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted.1-42 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
  • Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supple-mental air bag system: This system can helpcushion the impact force to the head of occu-pants in front and rear outboard seating positionsin certain side-impact collisions. The curtain airbags are designed to inflate on the side wherethe vehicle is impacted.These supplemental restraint systems are de-signed to supplement the crash protection pro-vided by the driver and front passenger seat beltsand are not a substitute for them. Seat beltsshould always be correctly worn and the occu-pant seated a suitable distance away from thesteering wheel, instrument panel and door finish-ers. (See “Seat belts” earlier in this section for WRS0031instructions and precautions on seat belt usage.) WARNING ● The seat belts and the front air bags areThe supplemental air bags operate only most effective when you are sitting well ● The front air bags ordinarily will notwhen the ignition switch is in the ON or back and upright in the seat. The front inflate in the event of a side impact, rearSTART position. air bags inflate with great force. Even impact, rollover, or lower severity fron- with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys-After placing the ignition switch in the ON tal collision. Always wear your seat tem, if you are unrestrained, leaningposition, the supplemental air bag warning belts to help reduce the risk or severity forward, sitting sideways or out of posi-light illuminates. The supplemental air bag of injury in various kinds of accidents. tion in any way, you are at greater risk ofwarning light will turn off after about 7 ● The front passenger air bag will not injury or death in a crash. You may alsoseconds if the system is operational. inflate if the passenger air bag status receive serious or fatal injuries from the light is lit or if the front passenger seat front air bag if you are up against it is unoccupied. See “Front passenger air when it inflates. Always sit back against bag and status light” later in this the seatback and as far away as practi- section. cal from the steering wheel or instru- ment panel. Always use the seat belts. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-43
  • ● The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened. The Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt us- age then inflates the air bags as needed. Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident.● The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor (pressure sensor) that turns the front passenger air bag OFF under some conditions. This sensor is only used in ARS1133 this seat. Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an acci- dent. See “Front Passenger air bag and status light” later in this section.● Keep hands on the outside of the steer- ing wheel. Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the front air bag inflates.1-44 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
  • ARS1041 ARS1042 ARS1043 WARNING● Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window. Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-45
  • ARS1044 ARS1045 WRS0256 WARNING ● Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags, side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained. Pre-teens and children should be properly re- strained in the rear seat, if possible. ● Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat. An in- flating front air bag could seriously in- jure or kill your child. See “Child re- straints” earlier in this section for details.1-46 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
  • WARNING ● The seat belts, the side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor. The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force. Do not allow anyone to place their hand, leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails. Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or SSS0101 SSS0188 lean against the door. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are WARNING shown in the previous illustrations.Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bags and roof-mounted curtainside-impact supplemental air bags:● The side air bags and curtain air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact, rear impact, rollover or lower severity side collision. Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-47
  • WRS0032 SSS0159 SSS0162 WARNING● When sitting in the rear seat, do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat. If the side air bag inflates, you may be seriously injured. Be especially careful with children, who should always be properly restrained. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations.● Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks. They may interfere with side air bag inflation.1-48 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
  • 1. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental air bag 2. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag modules 3. Supplemental front-impact air bag mod- ules 4. Crash zone sensor 5. Air bag Control Unit (ACU) 6. Occupant classification sensor (pres- sure sensor) 7. Pretensioner 8. Side satellite sensor NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System (front seats) This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Ad- vanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats. This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U.S. regu- lations. It is also permitted in Canada. However, all of the information, cautions and warn- ings in this manual still apply and must be followed. The driver supplemental front-impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel. The passenger supplemental front-impact air bag is mounted in the dashboard above the glove box. The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher LRS0725 severity frontal collisions, although they may in-Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-49
  • flate if the forces in another type of collision are this section for further details. One front air bag force of the front air bag inflating can increase thesimilar to those of a higher severity frontal impact. inflating does not indicate improper performance risk of injury if the occupant is too close to, or isThey may not inflate in certain frontal collisions. of the system. against, the front air bag module during inflation.Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision. If you have any questions about your air bagindication of proper front air bag system opera- system, please contact NISSAN or your NISSAN The front air bags operate only when thetion. dealer. If you are considering modification of your ignition switch is in the ON or START posi-The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has dual vehicle due to a disability, you may also contact tion.stage inflators. It also monitors information from NISSAN. Contact information is contained in thethe crash zone sensor, the Air bag Control Unit front of this Owner’s Manual. After placing the ignition switch in the ON(ACU), seat belt buckle sensors, occupant clas- position, the supplemental air bag warning When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud noise light illuminates. The supplemental air bagsification sensor (pressure sensor) and passen- may be heard, followed by the release of smoke. warning light will turn off after about 7ger seat belt tension sensor. Inflator operation is This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a seconds if the system is operational.based on the severity of a collision and seat belt fire. Care should be taken to not inhale it, as it mayusage for the driver. For the front passenger, it cause irritation and choking. Those with a historyadditionally monitors the weight of an occupant of a breathing condition should get fresh airor object on the seat and seat belt tension. Based promptly.on information from the sensors, only one front air Front air bags, along with the use of seat belts,bag may inflate in a crash, depending on the help to cushion the impact force on the face andcrash severity and whether the front occupants chest of the front occupants. They can help saveare belted or unbelted. Additionally, the front lives and reduce serious injuries. However, anpassenger air bag may be automatically turned inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasionsOFF under some conditions, depending on the or other injuries. Front air bags do not provideweight detected on the passenger seat and how restraint to the lower body.the seat belt is used. If the front passenger air bagis OFF, the passenger air bag status light will be Even with NISSAN advanced air bags, seat beltsilluminated (if the seat is unoccupied, the light will should be correctly worn and the driver and pas- senger seated upright as far as practical awaynot be illuminated, but the air bag will be off). See from the steering wheel or instrument panel. The“Front passenger air bag and status light” later in front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants. Because of this, the1-50 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
  • ● Passenger’s seat occupied by a small adult, child or child restraint as outlined in this section: The or illuminates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash. ● Occupied passenger seat and the passen- ger meet the conditions outlined in this sec- tion: The light or is OFF to in- dicate that the front passenger air bag is operational. Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to auto- LRS0351 LRS0316 matically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated Type A Type B under some conditions as described below inFront passenger air bag and status light Status light accordance with U.S. regulations. If the front passenger air bag is OFF, it will not inflate in a WARNING The front passenger air bag status light crash. The driver air bag and other air bags in your or is located near the climate controls. vehicle are not part of this system.The front passenger air bag is designed to After the ignition switch is placed in the ЉONЉautomatically turn OFF under some con- The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce position, the front passenger air bag status light the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bagditions. Read this section carefully to on the instrument panel illuminates for about 7 to certain front passenger seat occupants, suchlearn how it operates. Proper use of the seconds and then turns off or remains illuminated as children, by requiring the air bag to be auto-seat, seat belt and child restraints is nec-essary for most effective protection. Fail- depending on the front passenger seat occupied matically turned OFF. Certain sensors are usedure to follow all instructions in this status. The light operates as follows: to meet the requirements.manual concerning the use of seats, seat ● Unoccupied passenger’s seat: The One sensor used is the occupant classificationbelts and child restraints can increase the sensor (pressure sensor). It is in the bottom of therisk or severity of injury in an accident. or is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash. front passenger seat cushion and is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat by Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-51
  • weight. It works together with seat belt sensors of position), this could cause the sensor to turn result in air bag inflation, such as if a child isdescribed later. For example, if a child is in the the air bag OFF. In addition, if the occupant standing on the seat, or if two children are on thefront passenger seat, the Advanced Air Bag Sys- improperly uses the seat belt in the ALR mode seat, contrary to the instructions in this manual.tem is designed to turn the passenger air bag (child restraint mode), this could cause the air Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupantsOFF in accordance with the regulations. Also, if a bag to be turned OFF. Always be sure to be are seated and restrained properly.child restraint of the type specified in the regula- seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the Using the passenger air bag status light, you cantions is on the seat, its weight and the child’s most effective protection by the seat belt and monitor when the front passenger air bag is au-weight can be detected and cause the air bag to supplemental air bag. tomatically turned OFF with the seat occupied.turn OFF. Occupant classification sensor opera- The light will not illuminate when the front pas- NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and chil-tion can vary depending on the front passenger senger seat is unoccupied. dren be properly restrained in a rear seat.seat belt sensors. NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passen-The front passenger seat belt sensors are de- restraints and booster seats be properly installed ger air bag status light is illuminated (indicatingsigned to detect if the seat belt is buckled and the in a rear seat. If this is not possible, the occupant that the air bag is OFF), it could be that theamount of tension on the seat belt, such as when classification sensor and seat belt sensors are person is a small adult, or is not sitting on the seatit is in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) designed to operate as described above to turn properly or not using the seat belt properly.mode (child restraint mode). Based on the the front passenger air bag OFF for specifiedweight on the seat detected by the occupant child restraints as required by the regulations. If a child restraint must be used in the front seat,classification sensor and the belt tension de- Failing to properly secure child restraints and to the passenger air bag status light may or may nottected on the seat belt, the Advanced Air Bag use the ALR mode (child restraint mode) may be illuminated, depending on the size of the childSystem determines whether the front passenger allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or and the type of child restraint being used. If the airair bag should be automatically turned OFF as sudden stop. This can also result in the passen- bag status light is not illuminated (indicating thatrequired by the regulations. ger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being the air bag might inflate in a crash), it could be OFF. See “Child restraints” earlier in this section that the child restraint or seat belt is not beingFront passenger seat adult occupants who are used properly. Make sure that the child restraint is for proper use and installation.properly seated and using the seat belt as out- installed properly, the seat belt is used properlylined in this manual should not cause the passen- If the front passenger seat is not occupied the and the occupant is positioned properly. If the airger air bag to be automatically turned OFF. For passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a bag status light is not illuminated, reposition thesmall adults it may be turned OFF, however if the crash. However, heavy objects placed on the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat.occupant takes his/her weight off the seat cush- seat could result in air bag inflation, because ofion (for example, by not sitting upright, by sitting the object’s weight detected by the occupanton an edge of the seat, or by otherwise being out classification sensor. Other conditions could also1-52 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
  • If the passenger air bag status light will not illu- Other supplemental front-impact air bag ● Tampering with the front air bag systemminate even though you believe that the child precautions may result in serious personal injury.restraint, the seat belts and the occupant are Tampering includes changes to theproperly positioned, the system may be sensing WARNING steering wheel and the instrumentan unoccupied seat (in which case the air bag isOFF). Your NISSAN dealer can check that the ● Do not place any objects on the steer- panel assembly by placing material ing wheel pad or on the instrument over the steering wheel pad and abovesystem is OFF by using a special tool. However, the instrument panel or by installinguntil you have confirmed with your dealer that panel. Also, do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering additional trim material around the airyour air bag is working properly, reposition the bag system.occupant or child restraint in a rear seat. wheel or instrument panel. Such ob- jects may become dangerous projec- ● Modifying or tampering with the frontThe air bag system and passenger air bag status tiles and cause injury if the front air passenger seat may result in seriouslight will take a few seconds to register a change bags inflate. personal injury. For example, do notin the passenger seat status. For example, if alarge adult who is sitting in the front passenger ● Immediately after inflation, several change the front seats by placing mate- front air bag system components will be rial on the seat cushion or by installingseat exits the vehicle, the passenger air bag additional trim material, such as seatstatus light will go from OFF to ON for a few hot. Do not touch them; you may se- verely burn yourself. covers, on the seat that are not specifi-seconds and then to OFF. This is normal system cally designed to assure proper air bagoperation and does not indicate a malfunction. ● No unauthorized changes should be operation. Additionally, do not stow any made to any components or wiring of objects under the front passenger seatIf a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air the supplemental air bag system. This is or the seat cushion and seatback. Suchbag system, the supplemental air bag warning to prevent accidental inflation of the objects may interfere with the properlight , located in the meter and gauges area supplemental air bag or damage to thein the center of the instrument panel, will blink. operation of the occupant classifica- supplemental air bag system. tion sensor (pressure sensor).Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer. ● Do not make unauthorized changes to ● No unauthorized changes should be your vehicle’s electrical system, sus- made to any components or wiring of pension system or front end structure. the seat belt system. This may affect the This could affect proper operation of front air bag system. Tampering with the front air bag system. the seat belt system may result in seri- ous personal injury. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-53
  • ● Work on and around the front air bag inflate if the forces in another type of collision are system should be done by a NISSAN similar to those of a higher severity side impact. dealer. Installation of electrical equip- They are designed to inflate on the side where the ment should also be done by a NISSAN vehicle is impacted. They may not inflate in cer- dealer. The Supplemental Restraint tain side collisions. System (SRS) wiring should not be Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an modified or disconnected. Unauthor- indication of proper side air bag and curtain air ized electrical test equipment and prob- bag operation. ing devices should not be used on the air bag system. When the side air bags and curtain air bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard, followed● A cracked windshield should be re- by release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful placed immediately by a qualified re- and does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken pair facility. A cracked windshield could not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and affect the function of the supplemental LRS0259 choking. Those with a history of a breathing con- air bag system. Front seat-mounted side-impact dition should get fresh air promptly.*The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identification. supplemental air bag and roof- Side air bags, along with the use of seat belts, mounted curtain side-impact help to cushion the impact force on the chest ofWhen selling your vehicle, we request that you the front occupants. Curtain air bags help toinform the buyer about the supplemental front air supplemental air bag systems cushion the impact force to the head of occu-bag system and guide the buyer to the appropri- The side air bags are located in the outside of the pants in the front and rear outboard seating po-ate sections in this Owner’s Manual. seatback of the front seats. The curtain air bags sitions. They can help save lives and reduce are located in the side roof rails. These systems serious injuries. However, an inflating side air bag are designed to meet voluntary guidelines to help and curtain air bag may cause abrasions or other reduce the risk of injury to out-of-position occu- injuries. Side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body. pants. However, all of the information, cau- tions and warnings in this manual still ap- The seat belts should be correctly worn and the ply and must be followed. The side air bags driver and passenger seated upright as far as and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in practical away from the side air bag. Rear seat higher severity side collisions, although they may passengers should be seated as far away as1-54 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
  • practical from the door finishers and side roof ● Right after inflation, several side air bag ● Work around and on the side air bagrails. The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate and curtain air bag system components and curtain air bag systems should bequickly in order to help protect the front and rear will be hot. Do not touch them; you may done by a NISSAN dealer. Installationoutboard occupants. Because of this, the force of severely burn yourself. of electrical equipment should also bethe side air bag and curtain air bag inflating can done by a NISSAN dealer. The SRS wir-increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too ● No unauthorized changes should be ing harnesses* should not be modified made to any components or wiring ofclose to, or is against, these air bag modules or disconnected. Unauthorized electri- the side air bag and curtain air bagduring inflation. The side air bags and curtain air cal test equipment and probing devices systems. This is to prevent damage to orbags will deflate quickly after the collision is over. should not be used on the side air bag accidental inflation of the side air bag system.The side air bags and curtain air bags op- and curtain air bag or damage to theerate only when the ignition switch is in the side air bag and curtain air bag systems. * The SRS wiring harness connectors areON or START position. ● Do not make unauthorized changes to yellow and orange for easy identification.After placing the ignition switch in the ON your vehicle’s electrical system, sus- When selling your vehicle, we request that youposition, the supplemental air bag warning pension system or side panel. This inform the buyer about the side air bag and could affect proper operation of thelight illuminates. The supplemental air bag curtain air bag systems and guide the buyer to side air bag and curtain air bag systems.warning light will turn off after about 7 the appropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual.seconds if the system is operational. ● Tampering with the side air bag system may result in serious personal injury. Seat belts with pretensioners (front WARNING For example, do not change the front seats) seats by placing material near the seat-● Do not place any objects near the seat- backs or by installing additional trim back of the front seats. Also, do not WARNING material, such as seat covers, around place any objects (an umbrella, bag, the side air bag. ● The pretensioners cannot be reused af- etc.) between the front door finisher ter activation. They must be replaced and the front seat. Such objects may together with the retractor and buckle become dangerous projectiles and as a unit. cause injury if a side air bag inflates. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-55
  • ● If the vehicle becomes involved in a The pretensioner is encased within the seat belt collision but a pretensioner is not acti- retractor. These seat belts are used the same way vated, be sure to have the pretensioner as conventional seat belts. system checked and, if necessary, re- When a pretensioner activates, smoke is re- placed by your NISSAN dealer. leased and a loud noise may be heard. This● No unauthorized changes should be smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire. made to any components or wiring of Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may the pretensioner system. This is to pre- cause irritation and choking. Those with a history vent damage to or accidental activation of a breathing condition should get fresh air of the pretensioners. Tampering with promptly. the pretensioner system may result in After pretensioner activation, load limiters allow serious personal injury. the seat belt to release webbing (if necessary) to● Work around and on the pretensioner reduce forces against the chest. system should be done by a NISSAN WRS0897 The supplemental air bag warning light is dealer. Installation of electrical equip- used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner 1. SRS Front Air Bag Warning Labels ment should also be done by a NISSAN system. (See ЉSUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG dealer. Unauthorized electrical test SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHTЉ in this section for more de- WARNING LABELS equipment and probing devices should tails.) If the operation of the supplemental air bag not be used on the pretensioner system. warning light indicates there is a malfunction, Warning labels about the supplemental front-● If you need to dispose of a pretensioner have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer. impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle as or scrap the vehicle, contact a NISSAN shown in the illustration. When selling your vehicle, we request that you dealer. Incorrect disposal procedures inform the buyer about the pretensioner system could cause personal injury. and guide the buyer to the appropriate sectionsWorking with the seat belt retractor, the preten- in this Owner’s Manual.sioner helps tighten the seat belt when the ve-hicle becomes involved in certain types of colli-sions, helping to restrain front seat occupants.1-56 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
  • If any of the following conditions occur, the front Repair and replacement procedure air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and preten- sioner systems need servicing: The front air bags, side air bags, curtain air bags and pretensioners are designed to inflate on a ● The supplemental air bag warning light re- one-time-only basis. As a reminder, unless it is mains on after approximately 7 seconds. damaged, the supplemental air bag warning light ● The supplemental air bag warning light remains illuminated after inflation has occurred. flashes intermittently. Repair and replacement of these supplemental air bag systems should be done only by a ● The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all. NISSAN dealer. Under these conditions, the front air bag, side air When maintenance work is required on the ve- bag, curtain air bag or pretensioner systems may hicle, the front air bags, side air bags, curtain air not operate properly. They must be checked and bags, pretensioners and related parts should be LRS0100 repaired. Take your vehicle to the nearest pointed out to the person performing the mainte- NISSAN dealer. nance. The ignition switch should always beSUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG placed in the LOCK position when working underWARNING LIGHT WARNING the hood or inside the vehicle.The supplemental air bag warning light, If the supplemental air bag warning lightdisplaying in the instrument panel, moni- WARNING is on, it could mean that the front air bag,tors the circuits for the air bag systems, preten- side air bag, curtain air bag and/or preten- ● Once a front air bag, side air bag, orsioners and all related wiring. sioner systems will not operate in an ac- curtain air bag has inflated, the air bag cident. To help avoid injury to yourself or module will not function again andWhen the ignition switch is placed in the ON or others, have your vehicle checked by a must be replaced. Additionally, the ac-START position, the supplemental air bag warn- NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. tivated pretensioner must also be re-ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then placed. The air bag module and preten-turns off. This means the system is operational. sioner should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer. The air bag module and preten- sioner cannot be repaired. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-57
  • ● The front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag systems and the pretensioner system should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle.● If you need to dispose of the supple- mental air bag or pretensioner systems or scrap the vehicle, contact a NISSAN dealer. Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury.1-58 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
  • MEMO Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-59
  • 2 Instruments and controlsInstrument panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Headlight control switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23Meters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Daytime running light system (Canada only) . . . . . . 2-24 Speedometer and odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 g (gravity)-force gauge (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Fog light switch (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 Engine oil pressure gauge (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . 2-8 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch Trip computer (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 Outside temperature display (if so equipped) . . . . . . 2-9 Heated seat (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders . . . . . . 2-10 Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28 Checking bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29 Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Map pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29 Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Storage bin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29 Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Storage trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30Security systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Instrument panel storage (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . 2-30 Vehicle security system (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Seatback pockets (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32 Switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33Rear window and outside mirror (if so equipped) Trunk divider (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Cargo net (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34Headlight and turn signal switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 Grocery hooks (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
  • Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35 Electric moonroof. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39 Power windows (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35 Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41 Manual windows (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38 Map lights (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42Moonroof (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39 Trunk light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42
  • INSTRUMENT PANEL 7. Windshield wiper/washer switch (P. 2-21) 8. Storage bin (if so equipped) (P. 2-29) 9. Audio system (P. 4-32, 4-35, 4-39) 10. Center ventilator (P. 4-14) 11. Passenger’s supplemental air bag (P. 1-42) 12. Side ventilator (P. 4-14) 13. Storage bin (if so equipped) (P. 2-29) 14. Engine oil pressure gauge (if so equipped) (P. 2-8) 15. g (gravity)-force gauge (if so equipped) (P. 2-6) 16. Hazard warning flasher switch (if so equipped) (P. 2-25) 17. Hazard warning flasher switch (if so equipped) (P. 2-25); Manual shift mode switch (if so equipped) (P.5-15) 18. Navigation system* (if so equipped) (P. 4-45) WIC1600 19. Glove box (P. 2-32)1. Headlight/fog light (if so equipped) 3. Driver’s supplemental air bag/Horn 20. Front passenger air bag status light /turn signal switch (P. 2-23); Manual (P. 1-42, 2-26) (P. 1-42) 4. Meters and gauges (P. 2-3) 21. Climate control (P. 4-14) shift paddles (if so equipped) (P.5-15) 5. Instrument brightness control (P. 2-24) 22. Shift selector (P. 5-13)2. Steering wheel switch for audio control 6. Cruise control main/set switches 23. Power outlet (P. 2-28) and Bluetoothா Hands-Free Phone 24. Ignition switch (P. 5-7) System (if so equipped) (P. 4-61, 4-63) (if so equipped) (P. 5-21)2-2 Instruments and controls
  • METERS AND GAUGES25. Tilt steering (P.3-27)26. Storage bin (P. 2-29)27. Hood release lever (P. 3-23)28 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch (if so equipped) (P.2-17)* Refer to the separate Navigation System Own-er’s Manual (if so equipped).See the page number indicated in paren-theses for operating details. LIC1014 1. Tachometer 4. Instrument brightness control/change 2. Fuel gauge/odometer/transmission po- button for twin trip odometer/change sition indicator/engine coolant tempera- button for trip computer (if so ture gauge/Instrument brightness level/ equipped) trip computer (if so equipped) 3. Speedometer Instruments and controls 2-3
  • Changing the display: Push the instrument brightness control/change button to change the display as follows: With twin trip odometer: Odometer → Trip A → Trip B → Odometer With trip computer: Odometer → Trip A → Trip B → DTE → Instant Fuel Economy → Average Fuel Consumption → Average Speed → Journey time → Odometer Resetting the trip odometer: Push the instrument brightness control/change LIC1015 WIC1508 button for more than 1 second to reset the cur-SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Odometer/Twin trip odometer rently displayed trip odometer to zero.Speedometer The odometer/twin trip odometer is displayed when the ignition switch is placed in the ONThe speedometer indicates the vehicle speed. position. The odometer records the total distance the ve- hicle has been driven. The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips. To switch between the odometer and the twin trip odometers press the instrument brightness control/change button.2-4 Instruments and controls
  • time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated. For more information see “Low tire pressure warning light” in the “In- struments and controls” section, “Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “Starting and driving” and “Wheels and tires” section in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of this Owner’s Manual. LRS2003 LIC2169Loose fuel cap warning message Check tire pressure warning messagePush the reset button ᭺ for more than 1 second A (if so equipped)to reset the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning mes-sage ᭺ after the fuel cap has been tightened. B The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning messageFor additional information see “Fuel-filler cap” in is displayed when the low tire pressure warningthe “Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section light is illuminated and low tire pressure is de-of this manual. tected. Check and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning message turns off when the low tire pressure warning light turns off. The low tire pressure warning light remains illu- minated until the tires are inflated to the recom- mended COLD tire pressure. The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning message is displayed each Instruments and controls 2-5
  • LIC1021 LIC1113 LIC1530TACHOMETER g (gravity)-FORCE GAUGE (if so ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREThe tachometer indicates engine speed in revo- equipped) GAUGElutions per minute (rpm). Do not rev the engine This gauge shows the straight-line accelerationinto the red zone ᭺. 1 and deceleration g-forces while you are driving. NOTE: The ignition switch must be placed in the CAUTION NOTE: ON position for the gauge to give a reading.When engine speed approaches the red The g-force gauge does not indicate cor- The gauge indicates the engine coolant tempera-zone, shift to a higher gear or reduce en- nering g-forces. ture. The engine coolant temperature is within thegine speed. Operating the engine in the normal range when the reading is within the zonered zone may cause serious enginedamage. ᭺ shown in the illustration. A The engine coolant temperature varies with the outside air temperature and driving conditions.2-6 Instruments and controls
  • CAUTION The indicates that the fuel-filler door is located on the passenger’s side of the vehicle.If the gauge indicates a coolant tempera-ture near the hot (H) end of the normal CAUTIONrange, reduce vehicle speed to decreasethe temperature. If the gauge is over the ● If the vehicle runs out of fuel,normal range, stop the vehicle as soon as the Malfunction Indicator Lightsafely possible. If the engine is over- (MIL) may come on. Refuel as soon asheated, continued operation of the ve- possible. After a few driving trips,hicle may seriously damage the engine.See “If your vehicle overheats” in the “In the light should turn off. If thecase of emergency” section for immediate light remains on after a few drivingaction required trips, have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer. LIC1529 ● For additional information, see “Mal- FUEL GAUGE function Indicator Light (MIL)” later in this section. NOTE: The ignition switch must be placed in the ON position for the gauge to give a reading. The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank. The gauge may move slightly during braking, turning, acceleration, or going up or down hills. The low fuel warning light comes on when the amount of fuel in the tank is getting low. Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis- ters E (Empty). Instruments and controls 2-7
  • CAUTION Distance to empty (dte—mile or km) ● This gauge is not designed to indicate The distance to empty (dte) mode provides you low engine oil level. Use the dipstick to with an estimation of the distance that can be check the oil level. (See “Engine oil” in driven before refueling. The dte is constantly be- the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” ing calculated, based on the amount of fuel in the section.) fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption. ● If the gauge needle does not move with The display is updated every 30 seconds. the proper amount of engine oil, have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN NOTE: dealer. Continued vehicle operation in such a condition could cause serious When driving uphill or rounding curves, the damage to the engine. fuel in the tank shifts, which may momen- tarily change the display. LIC1114 TRIP COMPUTER (if so equipped) Instant fuel economyENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE (if When the ignition switch is placed in the ONso equipped) position, modes of the trip computer can be The instant fuel economy mode shows the instant selected by pushing the trip computer change fuel consumption. The display updates instantlyThe gauge indicates the engine lubrication sys- button on the instrument panel located near the when driving.tem oil pressure while the engine is running. speedometer. The following modes can be se-When the engine speed is high, the engine oil lected in the display: Average fuel consumption (Mpg orpressure is also high. When the engine speed is l/100km) ● Distance to emptylow, the gauge indicates lower oil pressure. The average fuel consumption mode shows the ● Instant fuel economyEngine oil pressure also changes based on en- average fuel consumption since the last reset.gine temperature. The oil pressure will be higher ● Average fuel consumption Resetting is done by pressing the change buttonwhen the engine is cold and lower when the ● Average speed for more than approximately 1 second. The dis-engine is warm. play is updated every 30 seconds. At about the ● Journey time first 1/3 miles (500 m) after a reset, the display shows (----).2-8 Instruments and controls
  • Average speed (mph or km/h)The average speed mode shows the averagevehicle speed since last reset. Resetting is doneby pressing the trip or change button for morethan approximately 1 second. The display is up-dated every 30 seconds. The first 30 secondsafter a reset, the display shows (----).Journey timeThe journey time mode shows the time since thelast reset. The displayed time can be reset bypressing the change button for more than ap-proximately 1 second.Trip computer resetPushing the change button for more than 3 sec-onds will reset all modes except Trip A and dis-tance to empty (dte).OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE DISPLAY(if so equipped)The outside temperature function provides a dis-play of the outside temperature when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position.The display of positive temperatures is unsigned(blank), negative temperatures are prefixed with aminus sign. Instruments and controls 2-9
  • WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS ANDAUDIBLE REMINDERS or Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) NISSAN Intelligent Key™ warning light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) warning light (if so equipped) or Brake warning light P position selecting warning light Overdrive off indicator light (CVT models) (CVT models) (if so equipped) Charge warning light Seat belt warning light and chime Security indicator light Door open warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Side light and headlight indicator light (green) Electric power steering warning light Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) Slip indicator light (if so equipped) position indicator light (CVT models) Engine oil pressure warning light Cruise main switch indicator light Turn signal/hazard indicator lights (if so equipped) Low fuel warning light Cruise set switch indicator light Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF indicator (if so equipped) light (if so equipped) Low tire pressure warning light (if so equipped) or Front passenger air bag status light Low windshield-washer fluid warning light (if so High beam indicator light (blue) equipped)2-10 Instruments and controls
  • CHECKING BULBS the ABS is not functioning properly. Have the 2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer. warning system checked by a NISSANWith all doors closed, apply the parking brake dealer.and place the ignition switch in the ON position If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock func-without starting the engine. The following lights tion is turned off. The brake system then operates WARNINGwill come on: normally, but without anti-lock assistance. See “Brake system” in the “Starting and driving” sec- ● Your brake system may not be working tion. properly if the warning light is on. Driv- or , , , , , ing could be dangerous. If you judge it or Brake warning light to be safe, drive carefully to the nearestIf equipped, the following lights come on briefly service station for repairs. Otherwise,and then go off: This light functions for both the parking brake and have your vehicle towed because driv- the foot brake systems. ing it could be dangerous. or , , , ● Pressing the brake pedal with the en- Parking brake indicatorIf any light fails to come on, it may indicate gine stopped and/or a low brake fluid When the ignition switch is placed in the ON level may increase your stopping dis-an open circuit in the electrical system. position, the light comes on when the parking tance and braking will require greaterHave the system repaired promptly. brake is applied. pedal effort as well as pedal travel.WARNING LIGHTS Low brake fluid warning light ● If the brake fluid level is below the or Anti-lock Braking MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake When the ignition switch is placed in the ON fluid reservoir, do not drive until the System (ABS) position, the light warns of a low brake fluid level. brake system has been checked at a If the light comes on while the engine is running NISSAN dealer. warning light with the parking brake not applied, stop the ve- hicle and perform the following:When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) 1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluidwarning light illuminates and then turns off. This as necessary. See “Brake fluid” in the “Main-indicates the ABS is operational. tenance and do-it-yourself” section of this manual.If the ABS warning light illuminates while theengine is running, or while driving, it may indicate Instruments and controls 2-11
  • Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning When the power steering warning light illumi- Electric power steeringindicator nates with the engine running, there will be no warning light power assist for the steering but you will still haveWhen the parking brake is released and the control of the vehicle. At this time, greater steer-brake fluid level is sufficient, if both the brake WARNING ing effort is required to operate the steeringwarning light and the Anti-lock Braking System ● If the engine is not running or is turned wheel, especially in sharp turns and at low(ABS) warning light illuminate, it may indicate the off while driving, the power assist for speeds.ABS is not functioning properly. Have the brakesystem checked, and if necessary, repaired by a the steering will not work. Steering will See “Power steering” in the “Starting and driving”NISSAN dealer promptly. Avoid high-speed driv- be harder to operate. section.ing and abrupt braking. (See “Anti-lock Braking ● When the power steering warning lightSystem (ABS) warning light” in this section.) illuminates with the engine running, Engine oil pressure warning there will be no power assist for the light Charge warning light steering. You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be This light warns of low engine oil pressure. If theIf this light comes on while the engine is running, harder to operate. Have the power light flickers or comes on during normal driving,it may indicate the charging system is not func- steering system checked by a NISSAN pull off the road in a safe area, stop the enginetioning properly. Turn the engine off and check dealer. immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or otherthe generator belt. If the belt is loose, broken, authorized repair shop.missing, or if the light remains on, see a NISSAN When the ignition switch is placed in the ONdealer immediately. position, the power steering warning light illumi- The engine oil pressure warning light is not nates. After starting the engine, the power steer- designed to indicate a low oil level. Use the CAUTION ing warning light turns off. This indicates the dipstick to check the oil level. See “Engine oil” in power steering system is operational. the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section ofDo not continue driving if the generator this manual.belt is loose, broken or missing. If the power steering warning light illuminates while the engine is running, it may indicate the Door open warning light power steering system is not functioning properly and may need servicing. Have the power steeringThis light comes on when any of the doors are not system checked by a NISSAN dealer.closed securely while the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position.2-12 Instruments and controls
  • Low tire pressure warning: System (TPMS)” in the “Starting and driving” CAUTION section and in the “In case of emergency” sec-Running the engine with the engine oil If the vehicle is being driven with low tire tion.pressure warning light on could cause se- pressure, the warning light will illuminate.rious damage to the engine almost imme- A CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning mes- TPMS malfunction:diately. Such damage is not covered by sage is also displayed in the odometer. If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the lowwarranty. Turn off the engine as soon as it When the low tire pressure warning light tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi-is safe to do so. illuminates, you should stop and adjust the mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is Low fuel warning light tire pressure of all 4 tires to the recom- placed in the ON position. The light will remain on mended COLD tire pressure shown on the after the 1 minute. Have the system checked by a Tire and Loading Information label located NISSAN dealer. The CHECK TIRE PRESSUREThis light comes on when the fuel level in the fuel in the driver’s door opening. The low tire warning message is not displayed if the low tiretank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is conve- pressure warning light does not automati-nient, preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a cally turn off when the tire pressure is ad- TPMS malfunction.(Empty). There will be a small reserve of fuel justed. After the tire is inflated to the rec-in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches E ommended pressure, the vehicle must be For additional information, see “Tire Pressure(Empty), showing no more fuel bars. driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “Starting and to activate the TPMS and turn off the low driving” section and “Tire pressure” in the “Main- Low tire pressure warning light tire pressure warning light. Use a tire pres- tenance and do-it-yourself” section. (if so equipped) sure gauge to check the tire pressure. The low tire pressure warning light remains illu- WARNINGYour vehicle is equipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) that monitors the tire minated until the tires are inflated to the recom- ● If the light does not illuminate with thepressure of all tires except the spare. mended COLD tire pressure. The CHECK TIRE ignition switch placed in the ON posi- PRESSURE warning message is displayed each tion, have the vehicle checked by aThe low tire pressure warning light warns of low time the ignition switch is placed in the ON NISSAN dealer as soon as possible.tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not position as long as the low tire pressure warningfunctioning properly. light remains illuminated.After the ignition switch is placed in the ON For additional information, see “Check tire pres-position, this light illuminates for about 1 second sure warning message” in the “Instruments andand turns off. controls” section and “Tire Pressure Monitoring Instruments and controls 2-13
  • ● If the light illuminates while driving, ● Replacing tires with those not originally Intelligent Key warning light illuminates red when avoid sudden steering maneuvers or specified by NISSAN could affect the the ignition switch cannot be turned. abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, proper operation of the TPMS. The Intelligent Key warning light blinks red if the pull off the road to a safe location and Intelligent Key is taken outside of the vehicle stop the vehicle as soon as possible. CAUTION while the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or Driving with under-inflated tires may ON position. permanently damage the tires and in- ● The TPMS is not a substitute for the crease the likelihood of tire failure. Se- regular tire pressure check. Be sure to ● If the Intelligent Key warning light blinks, rious vehicle damage could occur and check the tire pressure regularly. make sure of the location of the Intelligent may lead to an accident and could re- ● If the vehicle is being driven at speeds Key as soon as possible. The Intelligent Key sult in serious personal injury. Check of less than 16 MPH (25 km/h), the should be carried by the driver while operat- the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust TPMS may not operate correctly. ing the vehicle. the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire ● Be sure to install the specified size of ● The Intelligent Key warning light turns off and Loading Information label located tires to the 4 wheels correctly. about 10 seconds after the Intelligent Key is in the driver’s door opening to turn the brought inside the vehicle. low tire pressure warning light OFF. If Low windshield-washer fluid The Intelligent Key warning light blinks green the light still comes on while driving warning light (if so equipped) indicating that the Intelligent Key battery is almost after adjusting the tire pressure, a tire discharged. may be flat. If you have a flat tire, re- This light comes on when the windshield-washer place it with a spare tire as soon as fluid is at a low level. Add windshield-washer fluid See “NISSAN Intelligent Key™” in the “Pre- possible. as necessary. See “Windshield-washer fluid” in driving checks and adjustments” section. the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of● When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel P position selecting warning this manual. is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light light (CVT models) (if so NISSAN Intelligent Key™ will flash for approximately 1 minute. equipped) The light will remain on after 1 minute- warning light (if so equipped) .Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as The light blinks red and the warning buzzer The Intelligent Key warning light illuminates green sounds if you are outside of the vehicle with the possible for tire replacement and/or when the ignition switch can be turned. The Intelligent Key and the engine is off, but the shift system resetting. selector is not in the P (Park) position.2-14 Instruments and controls
  • When the warning light blinks, place the ignitionswitch in the ON position, move the shift selector Supplemental air bag warning WARNINGto the P position, then place the ignition switch in light If the supplemental air bag warning lightthe LOCK position. is on, it could mean that the front air bag, When the ignition switch is placed in the ON or side air bag, curtain air bag systems Seat belt warning light and START position, the supplemental air bag warn- and/or pretensioner systems will not op- chime ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then erate in an accident. To help avoid injury turns off. This means the system is operational. to yourself or others, have your vehicleThe light and chime remind you to fasten your checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon asseat belts. The light illuminates whenever the If any of the following conditions occur, the front possible.ignition switch is placed in the ON or START air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag, and preten-position and remains illuminated until the driver’s sioner seat belt systems need servicing and your INDICATOR LIGHTSseat belt is fastened. At the same time, the chime vehicle must be taken to a NISSAN dealer:sounds for about 6 seconds unless the driver’s Continuously Variable ● The supplemental air bag warning light re-seat belt is securely fastened. mains on after approximately 7 seconds. Transmission (CVT) positionThe seat belt warning light may also illuminate if ● The supplemental air bag warning light indicator light (CVT models)the front passenger’s seat belt is not fastened flashes intermittently. When the ignition switch is placed in the ONwhen the front passenger’s seat is occupied . For7 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in ● The supplemental air bag warning light does position, this indicator light shows the shift selec-the ON position, the system does not activate the not come on at all. tor position. See “Driving the vehicle” in thewarning light for the front passenger. “Starting and driving” section of this manual. Unless checked and repaired, the supplementalRefer to “Seat belts” in the “Safety—Seats, seat restraint system (air bag system) and/or the pre- Cruise main switch indicatorbelts and supplemental restraint system” section tensioners may not function properly. For addi-for precautions on seat belt usage. light (if so equipped) tional details see “Supplemental restraint sys- tem” in the “Safety—Seats, seat belts and The light comes on when the cruise control main supplemental restraint system” section of this switch is pushed. The light goes out when the manual. main switch is pushed again. When the cruise main switch indicator light comes on, the cruise control system is operational. Instruments and controls 2-15
  • The high beam indicator light also comes on Operation Cruise set switch indicator when the passing signal is activated. light (if so equipped) The Malfunction Indicator Light will come on in Malfunction Indicator Light one of two ways:The light comes on while the vehicle speed is (MIL) ● Malfunction Indicator Light on steady — Ancontrolled by the cruise control system. If the light emission control system malfunction hasblinks while the engine is running, it may indicate If this indicator light comes on steady or blinks been detected. Check the fuel-filler cap ifthe cruise control system is not functioning prop- while the engine is running, it may indicate a the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message iserly. Have the system checked by a NISSAN potential emission control malfunction. displayed in the odometer. If the fuel-fillerdealer. The Malfunction Indicator Light may also come cap is loose or missing, tighten or install the or Front passenger air on steady if the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, cap and continue to drive the vehicle. or if the vehicle runs out of fuel. Check to make The light should turn off after a few bag status light driving trips. If the light does not turn sure the fuel-filler cap is installed and closed tightly, and that the vehicle has at least 3 gallons off after a few driving trips, have the vehicleThe front passenger air bag status light ( inspected by a NISSAN dealer. You do not (11.4 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank.or ) will be lit and the passenger front air need to have your vehicle towed to thebag will be OFF depending on how the front After a few driving trips, the light should dealer.passenger seat is being used. turn off if no other potential emission control ● Malfunction Indicator Light blinking — An system malfunction exists.For front passenger air bag status light operation, engine misfire has been detected which maysee “Front passenger air bag and status light” in If this indicator light comes on steady for 20 damage the emission control system. To re-the “Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when duce or avoid emission control system dam-restraint system” section of this manual. the engine is not running, it indicates that the age: vehicle is not ready for an emission control sys- – do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH High beam indicator light tem inspection/maintenance test. See “Readi- (72 km/h). (blue) ness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) test” in the “Technical and consumer information” section of – avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.This blue light comes on when the headlight high this manual. – avoid steep uphill grades.beams are on and goes out when the low beamsare selected. – if possible, reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed.2-16 Instruments and controls
  • The Malfunction Indicator Lamp Light may stop For vehicles with Intelligent Key: This light blinks Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turnedblinking and come on steady. Have the vehicle when the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK on.inspected by a NISSAN dealer. You do not need position with the key removed from the ignitionto have your vehicle towed to the dealer. switch. Vehicle Dynamic Control The blinking security indicator light indicates that (VDC) OFF indicator light (if CAUTION the security systems equipped on the vehicle are so equipped)Continued vehicle operation without hav- operational. This indicator light comes on when the Vehicleing the emission control system checked For additional information, see “Security sys- Dynamic Control off switch is pushed to OFF.and repaired as necessary could lead to tems” later in this section. This indicates the Vehicle Dynamic Control sys-poor driveability, reduced fuel economy, tem is not operating.and possible damage to the emission con- Side light and headlighttrol system. indicator light (green) Push the Vehicle Dynamic Control off switch again or restart the engine and the system will Overdrive off indicator light The side light and headlight indicator light illumi- operate normally. See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (CVT models) nates when the side light or headlight position is (VDC) system” in the “Starting and driving” sec- selected. See “Headlight and turn signal switch” tion of this manual.The overdrive off indicator light illuminates when later in this section for further details. The Vehicle Dynamic Control light also comes onthe overdrive off mode is selected. when you place the ignition switch in the ON Slip indicator light (if soFor additional information, see “Continuously position. The light will turn off after about 2 sec- equipped) onds if the system is operational. If the light staysVariable Transmission (CVT)” in the “Starting anddriving” section of this manual. This indicator will blink when the VDC system or on or comes on along with the indicator the traction control system is operating, thus light while you are driving, have the Vehicle Dy- Security indicator light alerting that the vehicle is nearing its traction namic Control system checked by a NISSAN limits. The road surface may be slippery. dealer.For vehicles without Intelligent Key: This light While the Vehicle Dynamic Control system isblinks whenever the ignition switch is placed in Turn signal/hazard indicator operating, you might feel slight vibration or hearthe LOCK, OFF or ACC position. lights the system working when starting the vehicle or accelerating, but this is normal. The appropriate light flashes when the turn signal switch is activated. Instruments and controls 2-17
  • SECURITY SYSTEMSAUDIBLE REMINDERS ● The Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicleBrake pad wear warning when locking the doors. ● The Intelligent Key is taken outside the ve-The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings. hicle when operating the vehicle.When a disc brake pad requires replacement, itmakes a high pitched scraping sound when the ● Any doors are not closed securely whenvehicle is in motion, whether or not the brake locking the doors.pedal is depressed. Have the brakes checked as When the buzzer sounds, be sure to check bothsoon as possible if the warning sound is heard. the vehicle and the Intelligent Key. See “NISSAN Intelligent Key™” in the “Pre-driving checks andKey reminder chime adjustments” section.A chime sounds if the driver’s door is openedwhile the key is left in the ignition switch. Remove Parking brake reminder chimethe key and take it with you when leaving the A chime sounds if the parking brake is set and the LIC0301vehicle. vehicle is driven. The chime will stop if the parking brake is released or the vehicle speed returns to Your vehicle may have two types of security sys-Light reminder chime zero. tems:With the ignition switch placed in the OFF posi- ● Vehicle security system (if so equipped)tion, a chime sounds when the driver’s door isopened if the headlights or parking lights are on. ● NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer SystemTurn the headlight control switch off before leav- VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM (if soing the vehicle. equipped)NISSAN Intelligent Key™ door buzzer The vehicle security system provides visual and(if so equipped) audible alarm signals if someone opens the doorsThe Intelligent Key door buzzer sounds if any one when the system is armed. It is not, however, aof the following improper operations is found. motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs. ● The ignition switch is not returned to the LOCK position when locking the doors.2-18 Instruments and controls
  • The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot ● any request switch (Intelligent Key mod- ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ONprevent it, nor can it prevent the theft of interior or els). position, the system will not arm.exterior vehicle components in all situations. Al- ● the keyfob or Intelligent Key. ● If the key is turned slowly when lockingways secure your vehicle even if parking for a the driver’s door, the system may notbrief period. Never leave your keys in the ignition, Keyfob and Intelligent Key operation: arm. Furthermore, if the key is turnedand always lock the vehicle when unattended. Beaware of your surroundings, and park in secure, ● Push the button. All doors lock. beyond the vertical position toward the The hazard lights flash twice and the horn unlock position to remove the key, thewell-lit areas whenever possible. beeps once to indicate all doors are system may be disarmed when the keyMany devices offering additional protection, such locked. is removed. If the indicator light fails toas component locks, identification markers, and glow for 30 seconds, unlock the doortracking systems, are available at auto supply ● When the button is pushed with once and lock it again.stores and specialty shops. Your NISSAN dealer all doors locked, the hazard lights flashmay also offer such equipment. Check with your twice and the horn beeps once as a re- ● Even when the driver and/or passen-insurance company to see if you may be eligible minder that the doors are already locked. gers are in the vehicle, the system willfor discounts for various theft protection features. arm with all doors closed and locked The horn may or may not beep. Refer to with the ignition switch placed in theHow to arm the vehicle security “Silencing the horn beep feature” in the OFF position.system “Pre-driving checks and adjustments” sec- tion later in this manual. Vehicle security system activation 1. Close all windows. (The system can be armed even if the windows are open.) 4. Confirm that the indicator light comes The vehicle security system will give the following on. The light stays on for about 30 alarm: 2. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi- tion and remove the key. seconds. The vehicle security system is now ● The headlights blink and the horn sounds pre-armed. After about 30 seconds the ve- intermittently. 3. Close all doors. Lock all doors. The doors hicle security system automatically shifts can be locked with: into the armed phase. The light begins ● the power door lock switch (if the door is to flash once every 3 seconds. If, during the opened, locked and then closed). 30-second pre-arm time period, the driver’s ● the key — master or mechanical (Intelli- door is unlocked by the key, a request gent Key models). switch, the keyfob or Intelligent Key, or if the Instruments and controls 2-19
  • ● The alarm automatically turns off after ap- If the engine fails to start using a registered key This device complies with part 15 of the proximately 50 seconds. However, the alarm (for example, when interference is caused by FCC Rules and RSS-210 of Industry reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with another registered key, an automated toll road Canada. Operation is subject to the follow- again. The alarm can be shut off by unlocking device or automatic payment device on the key ing two conditions; the driver’s door with the key, a request ring), restart the engine using the following pro- (1) This device may not cause harmful in- switch or by pressing the button on cedures: terference, and (2) this device must accept the keyfob or Intelligent Key. 1. Leave the ignition switch placed in the ON any interference received, including inter-The alarm is activated by: position for approximately 5 seconds. ference that may cause undesired opera- tion of the device. ● opening a door without using the key, a 2. Place the ignition switch in the OFF or request switch, keyfob or Intelligent Key LOCK position and wait approximately 10 CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX- (even if the door is unlocked by using the seconds. PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTY RE- inside lock knob or the power door lock SPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD 3. Repeat steps 1 and 2. switch). VOID THE USER’S AUTHORITY TO OPER- 4. Restart the engine while holding the device ATE THE EQUIPMENT.How to stop an activated alarm (which may have caused the interference)The alarm stops only by unlocking the driver’s separate from the registered key.door with the key, pressing the button on If the no start condition re-occurs, NISSAN rec-the keyfob or Intelligent Key, or by unlocking all ommends placing the registered key on a sepa-doors with any request switch (Intelligent Key rate key ring to avoid interference from othermodels). devices.NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER Statement related to Section 15 of FCCSYSTEM Rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys- tem (CONT ASSY — IMMOBILIZER, ANTThe NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not ASSY — IMMOBILIZER)allow the engine to start without the use of aregistered key.2-20 Instruments and controls
  • WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH If the light still remains on and/or the en- gine will not start, see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ser- vice as soon as possible. Please bring all registered keys that you have when visiting your NISSAN dealer for service. LIC0474 WIC0854Security indicator light SWITCH OPERATIONFor vehicles without Intelligent Key: This light The windshield wiper and washer operates whenblinks whenever the ignition switch is placed in the ignition switch is placed in the ON position.the LOCK, OFF or ACC position. Push the lever down to operate the wiper at theFor vehicles with Intelligent Key: This light blinks following speed:when the ignition switch is placed in the LOCKposition with the key removed from the ignition ᭺ 1 Intermittent (INT) — intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob towardswitch. ᭺ (Slower) or ᭺ (Faster). A BThis function indicates the NISSAN Vehicle Im-mobilizer System is operational. ᭺ 2 Low (LO) — continuous low speed operationIf the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal- ᭺ 3 High (HI) — continuous high speed opera- tionfunctioning, the light will remain on while theignition switch is placed in the ON position. Instruments and controls 2-21
  • REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR (if so equipped) DEFROSTER SWITCHPush the lever up ᭺ to have one sweep opera- 4 ● Pre-mix windshield-washer fluid con-tion (MIST) of the wiper. centrates with water to the manufactur-Pull the lever toward you ᭺ to operate the 5 er’s recommended levels before pour-washer. The wiper will also operate several times. ing the fluid into the windshield-washer fluid reservoir. Do not use the WARNING windshield-washer fluid reservoir to mix the windshield-washer fluid con-In freezing temperatures the washer solu- centrate and water.tion may freeze on the windshield andobscure your vision which may lead to anaccident. Warm the windshield with thedefroster before you wash the windshield. CAUTION LIC0720● Do not operate the washer continu- To defrost the rear window glass and outside ously for more than 30 seconds. mirrors (if so equipped), start the engine and● Do not operate the washer if the push the rear window defroster switch on. The windshield-washer fluid reservoir is rear window defroster indicator light on the empty. switch comes on. Push the switch again to turn● Do not fill the windshield-washer fluid the defroster off. reservoir with windshield-washer fluid The rear window defroster automatically turns off concentrates at full strength. Some after approximately 15 minutes. methyl alcohol based windshield- washer fluid concentrates may perma- CAUTION nently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield-washer fluid When cleaning the inner side of the rear reservoir. window, be careful not to scratch or dam- age the rear window defroster.2-22 Instruments and controls
  • HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNALSWITCH LIC0706 LIC0688 WIC0859 Type A Type B Headlight beam selectHEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH CAUTION ᭺ 1 To select the high beam function, push theLighting Use the headlights with the engine run- lever forward. The high beam lights come on ning to avoid discharging the vehicle and the light illuminates.᭺1 When turning the switch to the posi- battery. tion, the front parking, tail, license plate and ᭺ 2 Pull the lever back to select the low beam. instrument panel lights come on. ᭺ 3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the᭺2 When turning the switch to the posi- headlight high beams on and off. tion, the headlights come on and all the other Battery saver system lights remain on. If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position while the headlight switch is in the or position, the headlights will turn off after 5 minutes. Instruments and controls 2-23
  • CAUTION WARNINGEven though the battery saver feature au- When the daytime running light system istomatically turns off the headlights after a active, tail lights on your vehicle are notperiod of time, you should turn the head- on. It is necessary at dusk to turn on yourlight switch to the OFF position when the headlights. Failure to do so could causeengine is not running to avoid discharging an accident injuring yourself and others.the vehicle battery.DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM(Canada only)The headlights automatically illuminate at a re-duced intensity when the engine is started withthe parking brake released. The daytime running WIC1294lights operate with the headlight switch in theOFF position or in the position. Turn the INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESSheadlight switch to the position for full CONTROLillumination when driving at night. The instrument brightness control operates whenIf the parking brake is applied before the engine is the headlight control switch is in thestarted, the daytime running lights do not illumi- or position and the ignition switch isnate. The daytime running lights illuminate when placed in the ON position.the parking brake is released. The daytime run- The brightness level will be shown briefly in thening lights will remain on until the ignition switch meter’s display area whenever the control is op-is placed in the OFF position. erated. Turn the control to adjust the brightness of instru- ment panel lights when driving at night. When the maximum or minimum intensity is met, a short chime will sound.2-24 Instruments and controls
  • HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH WIC0860 WIC0861 LIC0394TURN SIGNAL SWITCH FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so equipped) Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi-Turn signal To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlight switch tions. All turn signal lights flash. to the position, then turn the fog light᭺1 Move the lever up or down to signal the switch to the position. WARNING turning direction. When the turn is com- pleted, the turn signals cancel automatically. To turn the fog lights off, turn the fog light switch ● If stopping for an emergency, be sure to to the OFF position. move the vehicle well off the road.Lane change signal The headlights must be on and the low beams ● Do not use the hazard warning flashers᭺2 To signal a lane change, move the lever up or selected for the fog lights to operate. The fog while moving on the highway unless down to the point where the indicator light lights automatically turn off when the high beam unusual circumstances force you to begins to flash, but the lever does not latch. headlights are selected. drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic. ● Turn signals do not work when the haz- ard warning flasher lights are on. Instruments and controls 2-25
  • HORN VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) OFF SWITCH (if so equipped)The flashers will operate with the ignition switchplaced in any position.Some state laws may prohibit the use ofthe hazard warning flasher switch whiledriving. WIC1324 LIC1548 To sound the horn, push the top portion of the The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle steering wheel’s center pad. Dynamic Control (VDC) system on for most driv- ing conditions. WARNING If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the VDC Do not disassemble the horn. Doing so system reduces the engine output to reduce could affect proper operation of the wheel spin. The engine speed will be reduced supplemental front air bag system. Tam- even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor. If pering with the supplemental front air bag maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck system may result in serious personal vehicle, turn the VDC system off. injury. To turn off the VDC system, push the VDC OFF switch. The indicator will come on.2-26 Instruments and controls
  • HEATED SEAT (if so equipped)Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the WARNINGengine to turn on the system. See “Vehicle Dy-namic Control (VDC) system” in the “Starting and Do not use or allow occupants to use thedriving” section. seat heater if you or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seat temperatures or have an inability to feel pain in body parts that contact the seat. Use of the seat heater by such people could result in se- rious injury. CAUTION ● Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat. WIC1441 ● Do not put anything on the seat which The front seats are warmed by built-in heaters. insulates heat, such as a blanket, cush- ion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise, the seat 1. Start the engine. may become overheated. 2. Push the low or high position of the switch, ● Do not place anything hard or heavy on as desired, depending on the temperature. the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar The indicator light in the switch will illumi- object. This may result in damage to the nate. heater. The heater is controlled by a thermostat, ● Any liquid spilled on the heated seat automatically turning the heater on and off. should be removed immediately with a The indicator light will remain on as long as dry cloth. the switch is on. ● When cleaning the seat, never use 3. When the seat is warmed or before you gasoline, benzine, thinner, or any simi- leave the vehicle, be sure to turn the switch lar materials. off. Instruments and controls 2-27
  • POWER OUTLET● If any malfunctions are found or the heated seat does not operate, turn the switch off and have the system checked by your NISSAN dealer.● The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running. LIC1022 LIC1478 Instrument panel Console (if so equipped) The power outlets are for powering electrical CAUTION accessories such as cellular telephones. They are rated at 12 Volt, 120W (10A) maximum. ● The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use. The power outlet located on the bottom center portion of the instrument panel is powered di- ● The power outlets are not designed for rectly by the vehicle’s battery. The power outlet use with a cigarette lighter. located in the console (if so equipped) is pow- ● Do not use with accessories that ex- ered only when the ignition switch is placed in the ceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw. ACC or ON position. Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory. ● Use power outlets with the engine run- ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery.2-28 Instruments and controls
  • STORAGE● Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner (if so equipped), headlights or rear window defroster is on.● Before inserting or disconnecting a plug, be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF.● Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contact is not made, the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open.● When not in use, be sure to close the cap. Do not allow water or any other liquid to contact the outlet. LIC1023 LIC1025 MAP POCKETS STORAGE BIN Pull the lid down to open the storage bin. Some models are equipped with a soft lining in the storage bin for storing sunglasses. WARNING Keep the storage bin closed while driving to prevent an accident. Instruments and controls 2-29
  • ● The inside of the storage bin can get hot. Do not place objects inside which can melt or be easily deformed. WARNING Keep the lid closed while driving to help prevent contents from becoming projec- tiles causing injury in an accident of dur- ing a sudden stop. WIC1036STORAGE TRAYS WARNINGDo not place sharp objects in the trays tohelp prevent injury in an accident or sud-den stop. LIC1024 INSTRUMENT PANEL STORAGE (if so equipped) To open the storage bin, push and release. The storage tray will automatically move to the open position.2-30 Instruments and controls
  • LIC1116 LIC1328 WIC1531 Type A Type B FrontSEATBACK POCKETS (if so CUP HOLDERSequipped) Adjust the cup holder size by turning the adjust-The seatback pockets are located on the back of ment knob and sliding the cup holder divider tothe driver’s and passenger’s seats. The pockets the desired position.can be used to store maps. Instruments and controls 2-31
  • CAUTION● Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink. If the liquid is hot, it can scald you or your passenger.● Use only soft cups in the cup holder. Hard objects can injure you in an accident. WIC1097 WIC1487 Rear (if so equipped) GLOVE BOX Lower the rear center armrest to access the cup holders. Open the glove box by pulling the handle. WARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop.2-32 Instruments and controls
  • The trunk divider allows for the creation of a hidden storage compartment in the trunk or when lowered, a temporary storage surface for wet items. The trunk divider can be accessed through the lowering of the rear seats or through the trunk. WIC1504 LIC1030CONSOLE BOX Accessing through rear seats Once the rear seats have been lowered, the trunkTo open the console box, press in on the lever ᭺ 1 divider can be opened by pressing down on theand raise the lid ᭺. 2 securing latch and pushing the divider toward the rear of the vehicle. For more information on theTo close, push the lid down until the lock latches. lowering of rear seats, see “Interior trunk access”TRUNK DIVIDER (if so equipped) in the “Safety — Seats, seat belts and supple- mental restraint system” section of this manual. CAUTIONThe trunk divider does not contain anysecure locking mechanisms so it shouldnot be used as a secure storage forvaluables. Instruments and controls 2-33
  • The cargo net helps keep packages in the cargo area from moving around while the vehicle is in motion. LIC1031 WIC1032 Accessing through trunk CARGO NET (if so equipped)Access the trunk divider by opening the trunk. Toremove the trunk divider, press down on securing WARNINGlatch ᭺ and lower the trunk divider to about 45°. 1Pull and lift the divider out of the holding brackets ● Properly secure all cargo with ropes or᭺ to remove from the trunk. 2 straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury. ● Be sure to secure all four hooks into the retainers. The cargo restrained in the net must not exceed 30 lbs. (13.6 kg) or the net may not stay secured.2-34 Instruments and controls
  • WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS (if so equipped) WARNING ● Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc. inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows. Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows. ● Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle. They could unknowingly ac- tivate switches or controls and become trapped in a window. Unattended chil- LIC0802 LIC0748 dren could become involved in seriousTo install the cargo net, attach the net to the GROCERY HOOKS (if so equipped) accidents.retainers. The power windows operate when the ignition The grocery hooks are located in the trunk andTo remove the cargo net, detach the net from the can be used to hang a standard size plastic switch is placed in the ON position, or for aboutcargo net retainers. grocery bag. 45 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position. If the driver’s or passenger’s CAUTION door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds, power to the windows is canceled. Do not apply a total load of more than 20 lbs (9 kg) to a single grocery hook. Instruments and controls 2-35
  • Driver’s side power window switch The driver’s side control panel is equipped with switches to open or close the front and rear passenger windows. To open a window, push the switch to the first detent and continue to hold it down until the desired window position is reached. To close a window, pull the switch to the first detent and continue to hold up until the desired window position is reached. WIC1100 WIC11291. Window lock button Front passenger’s power window2. Power door lock switch switch3. Front passenger’s side window switch The passenger’s window switch operates only4. Right rear passenger’s window switch the corresponding passenger’s window. To open5. Left rear passenger’s window switch the window, push the switch to the first detent6. Driver’s side automatic switch and continue to hold it down until the desired window position is reached ᭺. To close the 1 window, pull the switch to the first detent and continue to hold it up until the desired window position is reached ᭺. 22-36 Instruments and controls
  • Auto-reverse function The auto-reverse function can be activated when a window is closed by automatic operation. Depending on the environment or driving conditions, the auto-reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window oc- curs. WARNING There are some small distances immedi- ately before the closed position which LIC0718 LIC0410 cannot be detected. Make sure that allRear power window switch passengers have their hands, etc., inside Automatic operation the vehicle before closing the window.The rear power window switches open or close To fully open a window equipped with automaticonly the corresponding windows. To open the If the vehicle’s battery is disconnected, replaced, operation, press the window switch down to thewindow, push the switch and hold it down ᭺. To 1 second detent and release it; it need not be held. or jump started, the power window auto-reverseclose the window, pull the switch up ᭺. 2 The window automatically opens all the way. To function may not operate properly. If this occurs, please contact the dealer to re-initialize theLocking passengers’ windows stop the window, lift the switch up while the power window auto-reverse system. window is opening.When the window lock button is depressed, only If the control unit detects something caught in athe driver’s side window can be opened or To fully close a window equipped with automatic window equipped with automatic operation as itclosed. Push it again to cancel the window lock operation, pull the switch up to the second detent is closing, the window will be immediately low-function. and release it; it need not be held. The window ered. automatically closes all the way. To stop the win- dow, press the switch down while the window is closing. Instruments and controls 2-37
  • When the automatic operation for the If the automatic operation does not operate prop-driver’s power window switch does erly after performing the above procedure, see a NISSAN dealer for assistance.not operate No initialization is required for all the other win-If the automatic operation for the driver’s power dow switches.window switch does not operate properly, per-form the following procedure to initialize thepower window switch. 1. Place the ignition switch in the ON position. 2. Press and hold the driver’s window switch down until the window opens completely. 3. Release the switch. WIC0263 4. Pull and hold the driver’s window switch up to the second detent until the window glass MANUAL WINDOWS (if so equipped) has reached the full close position. Con- The side windows can be opened or closed by tinue to hold the window switch in the turning the hand crank on each door. up position for 5 seconds after the win- dow glass has reached the full close position. (It is necessary for this entire step to be completed with one continuous pull of the window switch.) 5. Release the switch.Initialization is now complete. The automatic op-eration for the driver’s power window switchshould now operate.2-38 Instruments and controls
  • MOONROOF (if so equipped) Sliding the moonroof ● Do not allow anyone to stand up or To open the moonroof, push and hold the switch extend any portion of their body out of toward DOWN/OPEN ᭺. The moonroof will 1 the moonroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the moonroof is stop when the switch is released or when the closing. moonroof is fully open. To close the moonroof, push and hold the switch CAUTION toward UP/CLOSE ᭺ . The moonroof will stop 2 ● Remove water drops, snow, ice or sand when the switch is released or when the moon- from the moonroof before opening. roof is fully closed. ● Do not place heavy objects on the Tilting the moonroof moonroof or surrounding area. Close the moonroof by pushing and holding the Resetting the moonroof switch WIC1482 switch toward UP/CLOSE ᭺. Release the 2 switch, then push and hold the UP/CLOSE ᭺ 2 The moonroof switch may not operate properlyELECTRIC MOONROOF switch to tilt the moonroof up. The moonroof will and may need to be reset if any of the followingThis moonroof only operates with the ignition stop when the switch is released or when the conditions have occurred:switch placed in the ON position. moonroof reaches the maximum tilt position. ● the battery terminal has been disconnected, To tilt the moonroof down, push and hold theNOTE: ● the moonroof has been manually moved, switch toward DOWN/OPEN ᭺ . The moonroof 1If the battery is discharged or is discon- will stop when the switch is released or when the ● the moonroof motor has been removed andnected, the moonroof may not operate cor- moonroof is fully closed. reinstalled after the moonroof has been re-rectly, and must be reset. positioned or adjusted, WARNING ● the moonroof glass panel has been adjustedSee “Resetting the moonroof switch” later in thissection. ● In an accident you could be thrown from or changed, or the vehicle through an open moonroof. Always use seat belts and child ● the electrical supply interrupted and/or restraints. some malfunction has been detected. Instruments and controls 2-39
  • Use the following reset procedure to return NOTE: WARNINGmoonroof operation to normal. If the UP/CLOSE side of the moonroof There are some small distances immedi- 1. Press the UP/CLOSE side of the moonroof switch is released anytime during the re- ately before the closed position which switch, until it stops and then release the starting process, all learned profile data cannot be detected. Make sure that all switch. will be discarded and the procedure will passengers have their hands, etc., inside have to be started over. the vehicle before closing the moonroof. 2. Push and hold the UP/CLOSE side of the moonroof switch. The moonroof panel will If the moonroof still does not operate properly, When closing: begin to move in about 10 seconds. have the moonroof system checked, and if nec- essary repaired, by a NISSAN dealer. If the control unit detects something caught in the 3. Continue to hold the UP/CLOSE side of the moonroof as it moves to the front, the moonroof moonroof switch while the panel moves in a Auto-reverse function (when closing or will immediately open backward. jogging motion to the full tilt position. When tilting down the moonroof) When tilting down: the panel reaches the full tilt position it will back up a little and stop. The auto-reverse function can be activated when If the control unit detects something caught in the the moonroof is closing or tilts down by automatic moonroof as it tilts down, the moonroof will im- 4. Release the UP/CLOSE side of the moon- operation when the ignition switch is placed in mediately tilt up. roof switch. the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the If the auto-reverse function malfunctions and re- 5. Within 5 seconds of completing step 4, ignition switch is placed in the OFF position. peats opening or tilting up the moonroof, keep press and continuously hold the UP/CLOSE Depending on the environment or driving pushing the tilt down switch within 5 seconds side of the moonroof switch. After a delay of conditions, the auto-reverse function may after it happens; the moonroof will fully close 5 seconds, the panel will move from the tilt be activated if an impact or load similar to gradually. Make sure nothing is caught in the position to the open position and back to the something being caught in the moonroof moonroof. close position. occurs. 6. Release the UP/CLOSE side of the moon- roof switch. Do not disconnect the power for at least 2 seconds. The moonroof is now restarted.2-40 Instruments and controls
  • INTERIOR LIGHT ● The driver’s door is opened and then closed WARNING while the ignition switch is placed in the OFF● In an accident you could be thrown from position. the vehicle through an open moonroof. Always use seat belts and child ● The ignition switch is placed in the OFF restraints. position while all doors are closed.● Do not allow anyone to stand up or The interior light will turn off while the 30 second extend any portion of their body out of timer is activated when: the moonroof opening while the vehicle ● The driver’s door is locked by the keyfob, a is in motion or while the moonroof is key or the lock-unlock switch. closing. ● The ignition switch is placed in the ON po- sition. CAUTION● Remove water drops, snow, ice or sand When the switch is in the OFF position ᭺, the 2 WIC0264 from the moonroof before opening. interior light does not illuminate, regardless of door position.● Do not place heavy objects on the The interior light has a three-position switch and moonroof or surrounding area. operates regardless of ignition switch position. Some vehicles are equipped with a battery saver feature that will automatically turn off the interiorSunshade When the switch is in the ON position ᭺, the 1 lights after approximately 15 minutes if: interior light illuminates, regardless of door posi-Open and close the sunshade by sliding it for- tion. ● doors are open, orward or backward. ● the interior light switch is in the ON position. When the switch is in the center O position, theIf the moonroof does not close interior light illuminates by opening a door. NOTE:Have your NISSAN dealer check and repair the The interior light will stay on for about 30 seconds If the interior lights are turned off automati-moonroof. when: cally by the battery saver feature, the igni- ● The doors are unlocked while the ignition tion switch must be placed in the ON posi- switch is placed in the OFF position and all tion before the interior lights will illuminate doors are closed. again. Instruments and controls 2-41
  • MAP LIGHTS (if so equipped) TRUNK LIGHTFor information regarding the interior light bulb The light illuminates when the trunk lid is opened.replacement, refer to “Exterior and interior lights” When the trunk lid is closed, the light goes off.in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of For bulb replacement procedures, refer to “Exte-this manual. rior and interior lights” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of this manual. CAUTIONDo not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This could resultin a discharged battery. WIC1540 To turn the map lights on, press the button. To turn them off, press the button again. CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped. This could result in a discharged battery.2-42 Instruments and controls
  • 3 Pre-driving checks and adjustmentsKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Warning lights and audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 NISSAN Intelligent Key™ (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 Locking with key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Trunk lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 Locking with inside lock knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Key operation (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Locking with power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Trunk lid release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Interior trunk lid release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25Remote keyless entry system (models without Opener operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25NISSAN Intelligent Key™) (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Fuel-filler cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 How to use remote keyless entry system . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27NISSAN Intelligent Key™ (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Tilt operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27 Operating range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 Door locks/unlocks precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 Vanity mirrors (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 NISSAN Intelligent Key™ Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 How to use the remote keyless entry Rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
  • KEYS A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from. If you still have a key, your NISSAN dealer can duplicate it. LPD0348 WPD03631. Two master keys (black) with transpon- 1. Two Intelligent Keys der chip and chrome NISSAN brand 2. Mechanical keys (inside Intelligent symbol on one side Keys)2. Transponder chip 3. Key number plate3. Key number plate NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY™ (if soA key number plate is supplied with your keys. equipped)Record the key number and keep it in a safe place(such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. If you lose Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligentyour keys, see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by Keys which are registered to your vehicle’s Intel-using the key number. NISSAN does not record ligent Key components and NISSAN Vehicle Im-key numbers so it is very important to keep track mobilizer System components.of your key number plate.3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
  • Never leave these keys in the vehicle. ● Wetting may damage the IntelligentAs many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, im-and used with one vehicle. The new keys must be mediately wipe until it is completely dry.registered by a NISSAN dealer prior to use with ● Do not place the Intelligent Key for anthe Intelligent Key and NISSAN Vehicle Immobi- extended period in an area where tem-lizer System of your vehicle. Since the registra- peratures exceed 140°F (60°C).tion process requires erasing all memory in the ● Do not attach the Intelligent Key with aIntelligent Key components when registering new key holder that contains a magnet.keys, be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that youhave to the NISSAN dealer. ● Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic CAUTION field, such as a TV, audio equipment and personal computers.Listed below are conditions or occur- If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, SPA1951rences which will damage the IntelligentKey: NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code Mechanical key of that Intelligent Key from the vehicle.● Do not allow the Intelligent Key, which This may prevent the unauthorized use of The Intelligent Key contains the mechanical key, contains electrical components, to the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle. which can be used in case of a discharged bat- come into contact with water or salt For information regarding the erasing tery. water. This could affect the system procedure, contact a NISSAN dealer. function. To remove the mechanical key, release the lock knob on the back of the Intelligent Key.● Do not drop the Intelligent Key.● Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it into against another object. the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position.● Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key. The mechanical key can be used for operation in the same way as an ordinary key. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3
  • DOORS After the registration process, these components When the doors are locked using one of the CAUTION will only recognize keys coded into the NISSAN following methods, the doors can not be openedAlways carry the mechanical key installed Vehicle Immobilizer System during registration. using the inside or outside door handles. Thein the Intelligent Key slot. Any key that is not given to your dealer at the time doors must be unlocked to open the doors. of registration will no longer be able to start yourSee “Doors” in this section and “Storage” in the vehicle. WARNING“Instruments and controls” section of this manual. Do not allow the immobilizer system key, which ● Always have the doors locked whileNISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER contains an electrical transponder, to come into driving. Along with the use of seat belts,SYSTEM KEYS contact with salt water. This could affect system this provides greater safety in the event function. of an accident by helping to preventYou can only drive your vehicle using the master persons from being thrown from thekeys which are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle vehicle. This also helps keep childrenImmobilizer System components in your vehicle. and others from unintentionally open-These keys have a transponder chip in the key ing the doors, and will help keep outhead. intruders.The master key can be used for all the locks. ● Before opening any door, always lookNever leave these keys in the vehicle. for and avoid oncoming traffic.Additional or replacement keys: ● Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-If you still have a key, the key number is not tivate switches or controls. Unattendednecessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle children could become involved in seri-Immobilizer System keys. Your dealer can dupli- ous accidents.cate your existing key. As many as 5 NISSANVehicle Immobilizer System keys can be usedwith one vehicle. You should bring all NISSANVehicle Immobilizer System keys that you have toyour NISSAN dealer for registration. This is be-cause the registration process will erase thememory of all key codes previously registeredinto the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System.3-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
  • LPD0349 LPD0483 WPD0291 Driver’s side Power (if so equipped) Inside lockLOCKING WITH KEY LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK The power door lock system allows you to lock orManual (if so equipped) unlock all doors at the same time. KNOB Turning the key toward the front ᭺ of the vehicle 1 To lock the door without the key, move the inside lock knob to the lock position ᭺, then close theTo lock a door, turn the key toward the front of the 1vehicle ᭺. To unlock, turn the key toward the rear 1 locks all doors. door.᭺. 2 Turning the key one time toward the rear ᭺ of the 2 vehicle unlocks that door. From that position, To unlock the door without the key, move the returning the key to neutral ᭺ (where the key can 3 inside lock knob to the unlock position ᭺. 2 only be removed and inserted) and turning it toward the rear again within 5 seconds unlocks all doors ᭺. 4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5
  • Lockout protection 4. When activated, the hazard indicator will flash twice. When deactivated, the hazard When the power door lock switch (driver’s or indicator will flash once. front passenger’s side) is moved to the lock position with the key in the ignition switch and any 5. The ignition switch must be placed in the door open, all doors will lock and then unlock OFF and ON position again between each setting change. automatically. This helps to prevent the keys from being accidently locked inside the vehicle. When the automatic door unlock system is deac- tivated, the doors do not unlock when the ignition AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS switch is placed in the OFF position (models with ● All doors lock automatically when the vehicle Intelligent Key system) or when the key is re- speed reaches 15 MPH (24 km/h). moved from the ignition switch (models without Intelligent Key system). To unlock the door manu- ● All doors unlock automatically when the ig- ally, use the inside lock knob or the power door WPD0381 nition is placed in the OFF position (models lock switch (driver’s or front passenger’s side). Door lock switch with Intelligent Key system) or when the key is removed from the ignition switch (modelsLOCKING WITH POWER DOOR without Intelligent Key system).LOCK SWITCH The automatic unlock function can be de-To lock all the doors without a key, push the door activated or activated. To deactivate or acti-lock switch (driver’s or front passenger’s side) to vate the automatic door unlock system, performthe lock position ᭺. When locking the door this 1 the following procedure:way, be certain not to leave the key inside thevehicle. 1. Close all doors.To unlock all the doors without a key, push the 2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.door lock switch (driver’s or front passenger’s 3. Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2,side) to the unlock position ᭺. 2 push and hold the power door lock switch to the position (UNLOCK) for more than 5 seconds.3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
  • REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM (models without NISSAN Intelligent Key™) (if so equipped) As many as 5 keyfobs can be used with one WARNING vehicle. For information concerning the purchase ● Radio waves could adversely affect and use of additional keyfobs, contact a NISSAN electric medical equipment. Those who dealer. use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac- The keyfob will not function when: turer for the possible influences before ● the battery is discharged use. ● the distance between the vehicle and the ● The remote keyless entry keyfob trans- keyfob is over 33 ft (10 m) mits radio waves when the buttons are pressed. The FAA advises radio waves The panic alarm will not activate when the may affect aircraft navigation and com- key is in the ignition switch. munication systems. Do not operate the remote keyless entry keyfob while on CAUTION LIC0716 an airplane. Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the Listed below are conditions or occur-CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK rences which will damage the keyfob: unit is stored for a flight.Child safety locks help prevent the rear doors ● Do not allow the keyfob, which containsfrom being opened accidentally, especially when It is possible to lock/unlock all doors, turn the electrical components, to come intosmall children are in the vehicle. interior lights on, and activate the panic alarm by contact with water or salt water. This using the keyfob from outside the vehicle. could affect the system function.The child safety lock levers are located on theedge of the rear doors. Be sure to remove the key from the vehicle ● Do not drop the keyfob.When the lever is in the unlock position ᭺, the 1 before locking the doors. ● Do not strike the keyfob sharply againstdoor can be opened from the outside or the The keyfob can operate at a distance of approxi- another object.inside. mately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. The effective ● Do not change or modify the keyfob.When the lever is in the LOCK position ᭺, 2 distance depends on the conditions around thethe door can be opened only from the out- vehicle. ● Wetting may damage the keyfob. If theside. keyfob gets wet, immediately wipe until it is completely dry. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7
  • ● Do not place the keyfob for an extended ● When the button is pressed with all period in an area where temperatures doors locked, the hazard lights flash twice exceed 140°F (60°C). and the horn beeps once as a reminder that the doors are already locked.● Do not attach the keyfob with a key holder that contains a magnet. ● If a door is open and you press the button, the doors will lock but the horn will● Do not place the keyfob near equip- not beep and the hazard lights will not flash. ment that produces a magnetic field, such as a TV, audio equipment and per- The horn may or may not beep once. Refer to sonal computers. “Silencing the horn beep feature” in this sectionIf a keyfob is lost or stolen, NISSAN rec- for details.ommends erasing the ID code of that key-fob. This will prevent the keyfob from un-authorized use to unlock the vehicle. For LPD0209information regarding the erasing proce-dure, please contact a NISSAN dealer. HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Locking doors 1. Close all windows. 2. Remove the key from the ignition switch. 3. Close the hood, trunk lid, and all doors. 4. Press the button on the keyfob. All the doors lock. The hazard lights flash twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked.3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
  • Press the button on the keyfob again within 5 seconds. ● All doors unlock. ● The hazard warning lights flash once if all doors are completely closed. The interior lights can be turned off without wait- ing 30 seconds by inserting the key into the ignition and turning it to the ON or START posi- tion, locking the doors with the keyfob or pushing the interior light switch to the OFF position. Auto relock LPD0210 When the button on the keyfob is pressed, WPD0319 all doors will lock automatically within 1 minuteUnlocking doors unless one of the following operations is per- Releasing the trunk lid (if so equipped)Press the button on the keyfob once. formed: Press the button on the keyfob for longer ● Any door is opened. than 0.5 seconds to open the trunk lid. The trunk ● Only the driver’s door unlocks. release button on the keyfob will not operate ● The hazard warning lights flash once if all ● A key is inserted into the ignition switch and when the ignition switch is in the ON position. the switch is cycled from OFF to ON. doors are completely closed with the ignition switch in any position except the ON posi- tion. ● The interior light turns on and the light timer activates for 30 seconds when the switch is in the center O position with the ignition switch in any position except the ON posi- tion. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-9
  • Using the interior light Press the button on the keyfob once to turn on the interior lights. For additional information, refer to “Interior light” in the “Instruments and controls” section in this manual. LPD0211 LPD0262Using the panic alarm (if so equipped) Silencing the horn beep featureIf you are near your vehicle and feel threatened, If desired, the horn beep feature can be deacti-you may activate the panic alarm to call attention vated using the keyfob.by pressing and holding the button on thekeyfob for longer than 0.5 seconds. To deactivate: Press and hold the and buttons for at least 2 seconds.The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for 25seconds. The hazard warning lights will flash three times to confirm that the horn beep feature has beenThe panic alarm stops when: deactivated. ● it has run for 25 seconds, or To activate: Press and hold the ● any button is pressed on the keyfob. and buttons for at least 2 seconds once more.3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
  • NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY™ (if so equipped)The hazard warning lights will flash once and the ● Never leave the Intelligent Key in the WARNINGhorn will sound once to confirm that the horn vehicle when you leave the vehicle.beep feature has been reactivated. ● Radio waves could adversely affect elec- tric medical equipment. Those who use a The Intelligent Key is always communicating withDeactivating the horn beep feature does not si- pacemaker should contact the electriclence the horn if the alarm is triggered. the vehicle as it receives radio waves. The Intel- medical equipment manufacturer for the ligent Key transmits weak radio waves. Environ- possible influences before use. mental conditions may interfere with the opera- ● The Intelligent Key transmits radio tion of the Intelligent Key under the following waves when the buttons are pressed. operating conditions: The FAA advises the radio waves may ● When operating near a location where affect aircraft navigation and communi- cation systems. Do not operate the In- strong radio waves are transmitted, such as telligent Key while on an airplane. Make a TV tower, power station and broadcasting sure the buttons are not operated unin- station. tentionally when the unit is stored for a ● When in possession of wireless equipment, flight. such as a cellular telephone, transceiver, The Intelligent Key can operate all the door locks and CB radio. using the remote controller function or pushing ● When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or the request switch on the vehicle without taking covered by metallic materials. the key out from a pocket or purse. The operating environment and/or conditions may affect the ● When any type of radio wave remote control Intelligent Key operation. is used nearby. Be sure to read the following before using the ● When the Intelligent Key is placed near an Intelligent Key. electric appliance such as a personal com- puter. CAUTION ● When the vehicle is parked near a parking ● Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with meter. you when operating the vehicle. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11
  • In such cases, correct the operating conditions As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered ● Do not place the Intelligent Key nearbefore using the Intelligent Key function or use and used with one vehicle. For information about equipment that produces a magneticthe mechanical key. the purchase and use of additional Intelligent field, such as a TV, audio equipment and Keys, contact a NISSAN dealer. personal computers.Although the life of the battery varies dependingon the operating conditions, the battery’s life is If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSAN CAUTIONapproximately 2 years. If the battery is dis- recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelli-charged, replace it with a new one. Listed below are conditions or occur- gent Key from the vehicle. This may prevent the rences which will damage the Intelligent unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operateWhen the Intelligent Key battery is low, the Intel- Key: the vehicle. For information regarding the erasingligent Key system warning light ( ) will blink ● Do not allow the Intelligent Key, which procedure, contact a NISSAN dealer.green for about 30 seconds after the ignition contains electrical components, toswitch is placed in the ON position. come into contact with water or saltSince the Intelligent Key is continuously receiving water. This could affect the systemradio waves, if the key is left near equipment function.which transmits strong radio waves, such as sig- ● Do not drop the Intelligent Key.nals from a TV and personal computer, the bat-tery life may become shorter. ● Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object.For information regarding replacement of a bat-tery, see “Battery replacement” in the “Mainte- ● Do not change or modify the Intelligentnance and do-it-yourself” section. Key.For models with a steering wheel lock mecha- ● Wetting may damage the Intelligentnism: Because the steering wheel is locked elec- Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, im-trically, unlocking the steering wheel with the mediately wipe until it is completely dry.ignition switch in the LOCK position is impossible ● Do not place the Intelligent Key for anwhen the vehicle battery is completely dis- extended period in an area where tem-charged. Unlocking the steering wheel is impos- peratures exceed 140°F (60°C).sible even if the Intelligent key is inserted into theIntelligent Key port. Pay special attention that the ● Do not attach the Intelligent Key with avehicle battery is not completely discharged. key holder that contains a magnet.3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
  • SPA2038 WPD0375OPERATING RANGE If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass, DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS handle or rear bumper, the request switches mayThe Intelligent Key functions can only be used not function. PRECAUTIONwhen the Intelligent Key is within the specified ● Do not push the door handle request switchoperating range from the request switch ᭺. 1 When the Intelligent Key is within the operating with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as range, it is possible for anyone, even someoneWhen the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or who does not carry the Intelligent Key, to push the illustrated. The close distance to the doorstrong radio waves are present near the operat- request switch to lock/unlock the doors. handle will cause the Intelligent Key systeming location, the Intelligent Key operating range to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelli-becomes narrower, and the Intelligent Key may gent Key is outside the vehicle.not function properly. ● After locking with the door handle requestThe operating range is within 31.50 in (80 cm) switch, verify the doors are securely lockedfrom each request switch ᭺. 1 by testing them. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13
  • ● To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle, make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you and then lock the doors. ● Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch. The door will be unlocked but will not open. Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door. WPD0376 WPD0377 NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY™ Locking doors OPERATION 1. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi- You can lock or unlock the doors without taking tion. (Remove the key if any key is in the the Intelligent Key out of your pocket or bag. ignition switch.) When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, you 2. Close all doors. can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle request switch within the range of opera- 3. Push any door handle request switch ᭺ 1 tion. while carrying the Intelligent Key with you. 4. All doors and the trunk will lock. 5. The hazard warning lights flash twice and the outside buzzer sounds twice.3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
  • ● Doors do not lock with the door handle inside the vehicle and all the doors are closed; request switch with the Intelligent Key inside the lock will automatically unlock and the door the vehicle and a beep sounds to warn you. buzzer sounds. However, when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle, doors can be locked with an- NOTE: other Intelligent Key. The doors may not lock when the Intelli- gent Key is in the same hand that is oper- CAUTION ating the request switch to lock the door. ● After locking the doors using the re- Put the Intelligent Key in a purse, pocket or quest switch, make sure that the doors your other hand. have been securely locked by operating the door handles or the trunk opener CAUTION switch. The lockout protection may not function WPD0369 ● When locking the doors using the re- under the following conditions:NOTE: quest switch, make sure to have the ● When the Intelligent Key is placed on Intelligent Key in your possession be- top of the instrument panel.● Doors lock with the door handle request fore operating the request switch to switch while a mechanical key is in the igni- prevent the Intelligent Key from being ● When the Intelligent Key is placed on tion switch or the ignition switch is pushed left in the vehicle. top of the rear parcel shelf. in. ● When the Intelligent Key is placed in- ● The request switch is operational only● Doors lock with the door handle request when the Intelligent Key has been de- side the glove box or a storage bin. switch while the ignition switch is not in the tected by the Intelligent Key system. ● When the Intelligent Key is placed in- LOCK position. Lockout protection side the door pockets.● Doors do not lock by pushing the door ● When the Intelligent Key is placed on or To prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci- handle request switch while any door is under the spare tire area. dentally locked in the vehicle, lockout protection open. However, doors lock with the me- is equipped with the Intelligent Key. ● When the Intelligent Key is placed in- chanical key even if any door is open. side or near metallic materials. When the driver’s side door is open, the doors are locked, and then the Intelligent Key is put Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15
  • The interior light can be turned off without waiting for 30 seconds by performing one of the follow- ing operations. ● Placing the ignition switch in the ON posi- tion. ● Locking the doors with the remote controller. ● Switching the room light switch to the OFF position. WPD0377 WPD0369Unlocking doors All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 60 1. Carry the Intelligent Key. seconds after pushing the request switch. 2. Push the door handle request switch ᭺. 1 ● Opening any door. 3. The hazard warning lights flash once and the ● Pushing the ignition switch. outside buzzer sounds once. ● Inserting the mechanical key into the ignition 4. Push the door handle request switch ᭺ 1 switch. again within 60 seconds to unlock all doors. The interior light timer illuminates for a maximumIf a door handle is pulled while unlocking the of 30 seconds when a door is unlocked and thedoors, that door may not be unlocked. Returning room light switch is in the DOOR position.the door handle to its original position will unlockthe door. If the door does not unlock after return-ing the door handle, push the door handle re-quest switch to unlock the door.3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
  • When all doors are locked and the trunk lid is closed with the Intelligent Key inside the trunk, the outside buzzer will sound and the trunk will open. HOW TO USE THE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION The remote keyless entry function can operate all door locks using the remote keyless function of the Intelligent Key. The remote keyless function can operate at a distance of 33 ft (10 m) away from the vehicle. The operating distance de- pends upon the conditions around the vehicle. LPD0478 The remote keyless entry function will not func- WPD0359 tion under the following conditions:Opening the trunk lid Locking doors ● When the Intelligent Key is not within the 1. Push the trunk opener request switch ᭺ for A operational range. 1. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi- more than 1 second while carrying the Intel- tion. ligent Key with you. ● When the doors or the trunk are open or not closed securely. 2. Close all doors. 2. The trunk will unlatch. A chime will sound 4 ● When the Intelligent Key battery is dis- 3. Press the button on the Intelligent times. charged. Key. 3. Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk. CAUTION 4. The hazard warning lights flash twice andLockout protection the horn beeps once. When locking the doors using the Intelli-To prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci- gent Key, be sure not to leave the key in 5. All doors will be locked.dentally locked in the trunk, lockout protection is the vehicle.equipped with the Intelligent Key. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17
  • ● Inserting the mechanical key into the ignition CAUTION switch.After locking the doors using the Intelli-gent Key, be sure that the doors have been The interior light illuminates for a maximum of 30securely locked by operating the door seconds when a door is unlocked and the roomhandles. light switch is in the DOOR position. The light can be turned off without waiting for 30 seconds by performing one of the following op- erations. ● Placing the ignition switch in the ON posi- tion. ● Locking the doors with the remote controller. ● Switching the room light switch to the OFF WPD0360 position. Unlocking doors 1. Press the button on the Intelligent Key. 2. The hazard warning lights flash once. 3. Press the button again within 60 sec- onds to unlock all doors. All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pressing the button. ● Opening any doors. ● Pushing the ignition switch.3-18 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
  • The panic alarm stops when: ● It has run for 25 seconds, or ● Any button is pressed on the Intelligent Key. ● Pushing the request switch on the driver or passenger door with the Intelligent Key in range of the door handle. WPD0364 WPD0361Releasing the trunk lid Using the panic alarmPress the button for longer than 0.5 sec- If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened,onds to open the trunk lid. The trunk release you may activate the panic alarm to call attentionbutton will not operate when the ignition switch is by pressing and holding the button on theplaced in the ON position. Intelligent Key for longer than 0.5 seconds. The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-19
  • The hazard warning lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature has been reactivated. Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si- lence the horn if the alarm is triggered. WPD0362 WPD0382Silencing the horn beep feature ᭺ 1 P (Park) position selecting warning lightIf desired, the horn beep feature can be deacti-vated using the Intelligent Key. ᭺ 2 NISSAN Intelligent Key™ warning light WARNING LIGHTS AND AUDIBLETo deactivate: Press and hold the REMINDERSand buttons for at least 2 seconds. The Intelligent Key is equipped with a functionThe hazard warning lights will flash 3 times to that is designed to minimize improper operationsconfirm that the horn beep feature has been and to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen.deactivated. The warning buzzer sounds and the warning lightTo activate: Press and hold the illuminates when improper operations are de- tected.and buttons for at least 2 secondsonce more.3-20 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
  • CAUTION Audible reminder and warning when Alarm and warning when the engine the engine stops startsWhen the buzzer sounds and the warninglight illuminates, be sure to check both When the P position selecting warning light When the Intelligent Key system warning lightthe vehicle and the Intelligent Key. ( ) in the instrument panel blinks in red: ( ) blinks red and the outside buzzer sounds, make sure the Intelligent Key is inside theWARNING SIGNALS ● Make sure the shift selector is in the P (Park) vehicle.To help prevent the vehicle from moving unex- position.pectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Warning for low battery power When the chime sounds intermittently:Key or to help prevent the vehicle from being When the Intelligent Key battery is low, the Intel-stolen, a chime or buzzer sounds from inside and ● Make sure the shift selector is in the P (Park) ligent Key system warning light ( ) will blinkoutside the vehicle and a warning light comes on position and the ignition switch is placed in green for about 30 seconds after the ignitionin the instrument panel. the LOCK position. switch is placed in the ON position. This warningWhen a chime or beep sounds or the warning If the chime sounds continuously when the driv- is to let you know that the battery of the Intelligentlight comes on, be sure to check the vehicle and er’s door is opened, check the following: Key will run down soon. Replace it with a newthe Intelligent Key. one. Refer to “Battery replacement” in the “Main- ● The shift selector is placed in the P (Park) tenance and do-it-yourself” section.Audible reminder and warning when position and the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK position. NISSAN recommends replacing the battery at alocking the doors NISSAN dealer.When the chime or buzzer sounds from inside ● The mechanical key is not inserted into the ignition switch. Preventing the Intelligent Key fromand outside the vehicle, check for the following: being left in the vehicle ● The ignition switch is placed in the LOCK ● The warning chime may stop when one of position. the following is performed: If you lock all doors using the power door lock switch with the Intelligent Key in the vehicle, all of ● The Intelligent Key is not left inside the ve- – Returning the ignition switch to the LOCK the doors unlock immediately and the buzzer will hicle. position. warn you when the door is closed. ● The shift selector is in the P (Park) position. – Removing the mechanical key. – Closing the doors. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-21
  • TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Symptom Possible Cause RemedyWhen pushing the door handle request The front door beep sounds for approxi- Take out the Intelligent Key from the vehicle and The doors cannot be locked.switch mately 2 seconds. push the door handle request switch. The front door beep sounds for approxi- The ignition knob is not placed in the Place the ignition switch in the LOCK position. mately 10 seconds. LOCK position. The key warning light in the instrument The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you. panel blinks in red and the front doorWhen closing the doors warning beep sounds for approximately 3 seconds. The front door beep sounds for approxi- The Intelligent Key is left in the vehicle. Take out the Intelligent Key from the vehicle and mately 3 seconds and all doors unlock. close the door. The ignition switch is not in the LOCK Place the ignition switch in the LOCK position.When opening the driver’s door A warning chime sounds continuously. position, or the mechanical key is in- Remove the mechanical key from the ignition switch. serted into the ignition switch.When stopping the engine The P (Park) position warning light in the The shift selector is not in the P (Park) Make sure that the shift selector is in the P (Park) instrument panel blinks in red. position. position and place the ignition switch in the LOCK position.When starting the engine The key warning light in the instrument The battery charge is low. Replace the battery with a new one. See “Battery panel blinks in green. replacement” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.When turning the ignition switch A warning chime sounds continuously. The ignition switch is not placed in the Place the ignition switch in the LOCK position. LOCK position.When pushing the ignition switch The Intelligent Key warning light in the The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle. If the Intelligent Key warning light illuminates red instrument panel illuminates red. even while you are carrying the Intelligent Key, the battery is completely discharged. Replace the bat- tery with a new one. See “Battery replacement” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.3-22 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
  • HOOD TRUNK LID WARNING ● Do not drive with the trunk lid open. This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle. See “Ex- haust gas” in the “Starting and driving” section of this manual. ● Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in- jured. Keep the car locked, with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use, and prevent children’s WPD0383 access to car keys. 1. Pull the hood lock release handle ᭺ located 1 mately 12 inches (30 cm) above the latch and below the instrument panel until the hood release it. This allows proper engagement of the springs up slightly. hood latch. 2. Locate the lever ᭺ in between the hood and 2 WARNING grille and push the lever sideways with your fingertips. ● Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving. Fail- 3. Raise the hood ᭺. 3 ure to do so could cause the hood to fly 4. Remove the support rod ᭺ and insert it into 4 open and result in an accident. the slot on the underside of the hood ᭺. 5 ● If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment, to avoid injuryWhen closing the hood, return the support rod to do not open the hood.its original position, lower the hood to approxi- Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-23
  • WPD0384 WPD0390 WPD0385KEY OPERATION (if so equipped) Driver’s side INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE TRUNK LID RELEASETo open the trunk lid, turn the key clockwise. Toclose the trunk lid, lower and push the trunk lid The trunk lid release is located on the floor to the WARNINGdown securely. left of the driver’s seat. To open the trunk lid, pull Closely supervise children when they are the trunk lid release. around cars to prevent them from playing To close the trunk lid, lower and push the trunk lid and becoming locked in the trunk where down securely. they could be seriously injured. Keep the car locked, with the rear seatback and You can also open the trunk lid with the keyfob (if trunk lid securely latched when not in use, so equipped) or Intelligent Key (if so equipped). and prevent children’s access to car keys. Refer to “Remote keyless entry system” or “NISSAN Intelligent Key™” in this section. The interior trunk lid release mechanism provides a means of escape for children and adults in the event they become locked inside the trunk.3-24 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
  • FUEL-FILLER DOORTo open the trunk from the inside, pull the illumi- FUEL-FILLER CAPnated release handle until the lock releases andpush up on the trunk lid. The release handle is WARNINGmade of a material that glows in the dark after abrief exposure to ambient light. ● Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain condi-The handle is located inside the trunk compart- tions. You could be burned or seriouslyment on the interior of the trunk lid. injured if it is misused or mishandled. Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling. ● Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically. Continued refueling may LPD0386 cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel OPENER OPERATION spray and possibly a fire. ● Use only an original equipment type The fuel-filler door release is located on the floor fuel-filler cap as a replacement. It has a to the left of the driver’s seat. To open the fuel- built-in safety valve needed for proper filler door, push the release. To lock, close the operation of the fuel system and emis- fuel-filler door securely. sion control system. An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury. It could also cause the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) to come on. ● Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-25
  • ● Do not fill a portable fuel container in ● Failure to tighten the fuel-filler cap the vehicle or trailer. Static electricity properly may cause the Mal- can cause an explosion of flammable liquid, vapor or gas in any vehicle or function Indicator Light (MIL) to illumi- trailer. To reduce the risk of serious nate. If the light illuminates be- injury or death when filling portable fuel cause the fuel-filler cap is loose or containers: missing, tighten or install the cap and – Always place the container on the continue to drive the vehicle. ground when filling. The light should turn off after a – Do not use electronic devices when few driving trips. If the light filling. does not turn off after a few driving – Keep the pump nozzle in contact trips, have the vehicle inspected by a with the container while you are fill- NISSAN dealer. LPD0387 ing it. ● For additional information, see the To remove the fuel-filler cap: – Use only approved portable fuel con- “Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)” in tainers for flammable liquid. the “Instruments and Controls” section 1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclockwise to in this manual. remove. CAUTION ● If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body, 2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holder ᭺ 1 while refueling.● The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning mes- flush it away with water to avoid paint sage will be displayed if the fuel-filler damage. To install the fuel-filler cap: cap is not properly tightened. It may take a few driving trips for the message 1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into the fuel- to be displayed. Failure to tighten the filler tube. fuel-filler cap properly after the LOOSE 2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise until a FUEL CAP warning message is dis- single click is heard. played may cause the Malfunc- tion Indicator Light (MIL) to illuminate.3-26 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
  • STEERING WHEEL 3. Press the loose fuel cap warning reset but- ton ᭺ in the meter for about 1 second to A turn off the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message ᭺ after tightening the fuel-filler B cap. LRS2003 LPD0388Loose Fuel Cap warning message TILT OPERATIONThe LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message dis- Push the lock lever ᭺ down and adjust the 1plays in the odometer when the fuel-filler cap is steering wheel up or down ᭺ to the desired 2not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been position.refueled. It may take a few driving trips for the Pull the lock lever up to lock the steering wheel inmessage to be displayed. To turn off the warning place.message, perform the following: 1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap as pre- WARNING viously described as soon as possible. Do not adjust the steering wheel while 2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until it clicks. driving. You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-27
  • SUN VISORS MIRRORS LPD0389 WPD0126 VANITY MIRRORS (if so equipped) REARVIEW MIRROR To access the vanity mirror, pull the sun visor The night position ᭺ reduces glare from the 1 down and flip open the mirror cover. Some vanity headlights of vehicles behind you at night. mirrors are illuminated and turn on when the Use the day position ᭺ when driving in daylight 2 mirror cover is open. hours. SIC2872 WARNINGTo block out glare from the front, swing down the Use the night position only when neces-sun visor ᭺. 1 sary, because it reduces rear view clarity.To block glare from the side, disconnect the sunvisor from the center mount and swing it to theside ᭺. 23-28 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
  • OUTSIDE MIRRORS WARNINGObjects viewed in the outside mirror onthe passenger side are closer than theyappear. Be careful when moving to theright. Using only this mirror could causean accident. Use the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder to properlyjudge distances to other objects. LPD0029 WPD0274 Manual control type (if so equipped) Electric control type (if so equipped) The outside mirror can be moved in any direction The outside mirror remote control only operates for a better rear view. when the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position. Rotate the control lever to select the right or left mirror. Adjust the mirror to the desired position by moving the control lever. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-29
  • Heated mirrors (Canada only) (if soequipped)Some outside mirrors can be heated to defrost,defog, or de-ice for improved visibility. Push therear window defroster switch to activate the heat-ing function. Push the switch again to deactivate,or the heating function will automatically turn offafter approximately 15 minutes.3-30 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
  • MEMO Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-31
  • 4 Display screen, heater, air conditioner,audio and phone systemsControl panel buttons — color screen with Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23Navigation System (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 FM radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 How to use the touch screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 AM radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 How to use the BACK button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Satellite radio reception (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . 4-24 How to use the SETUP button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Audio operation precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 FM/AM radio with compact disc (CD) playerRearView Monitor (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 (Type A) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32 How to read the displayed lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 FM/AM radio with compact disc (CD) player Difference between predicted and actual (Type B) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35 distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 FM/AM/SAT radio with compact disc (CD) Adjusting the screen player (Type A) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39 (models without Navigation System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 FM/AM/SAT radio with compact disc (CD) Adjusting the screen player (Type B) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45 (models with Navigation System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 USB interface (models without Navigation Operating tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13 System) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 USB interface (models with NavigationHeater and air conditioner (manual). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 iPodா* player operation without Navigation Heater operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 System (Type A) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55 Air conditioner operation (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . 4-18 iPodா* player operation without Navigation Air flow charts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 System (Type B) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56Servicing air conditioner (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 iPodா* player operation with NavigationAudio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 System (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
  • CD care and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60 Using the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65 Steering wheel switch for audio control Control buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61 Getting started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68 Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62 List of voice commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63 Voice Adaptation (VA) mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74Bluetoothா Hands-Free Phone System Manual control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63 Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76 Regulatory Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65
  • CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS — COLOR SCREEN WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM (if so equipped) WARNING● Do not disassemble or modify this sys- tem. If you do, it may result in accidents, fire, or electrical shock.● In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware, spill liquid on it, or notice smoke or smell coming from it, stop using the system immediately and contact your nearest NISSAN dealer. Ignoring such conditions may lead to accidents, fire or electrical shock. CAUTIONDo not use this system if you notice anyabnormality, such as a frozen screen orlack of sound. Continued use of the sys-tem may result in accident, fire or electricshock. LHA1474 1. (brightness control) button 6. SETUP button (P. 4-5) 2. Display screen 7. BACK button 3. MAP button* 8. TUNE/SCROLL knob 4. NAV button* 9. Power button/Volume control knob 5. TRAF button*4-2 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • *For Navigation system control buttons, refer to ● Do not splash any liquid such as waterthe separate Navigation System Owner’s or car fragrance on the display. ContactManual. with liquid will cause the system toWhen you use this system, make sure the engine malfunction.is running. To help ensure safe driving, some functions can-If you use the system with the engine not not be operated while driving.running (ignition ON or ACC) for a long The on-screen functions that are not availabletime, it will discharge the battery, and the while driving will be “grayed out” or muted.engine will not start. Park the vehicle in a safe location and then oper-Reference symbols: ate the navigation system.“Example” — Words marked in quotes refer to a WARNINGkey shown only on the display. These keys can be LHA1476selected by touching the screen. ● ALWAYS give your full attention to driving. Touch screen operationHOW TO USE THE TOUCH ● Avoid using vehicle features that could Selecting the item:SCREEN distract you. If distracted, you could lose control of your vehicle and cause Touch an item to select. For example, to select CAUTION an accident. the “Audio” key, touch the “Audio” key ᭺ on the 1 screen.● The glass display screen may break if it is hit with a hard or sharp object. If the glass screen breaks, do not touch it. Doing so could result in an injury.● To clean the display, never use a rough cloth, alcohol, benzine, thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent. They will scratch or deteriorate the panel. Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-3
  • LHA1477 LHA1478 LHA1479Adjusting the item: Other items are adjusted by selecting one of a set Inputting characters: number of conditions. For example, the DisplayFor screens where an item can be adjusted incre- Mode can be set to “Automatic”, “Day” or “Night”. Touch the letter key ᭺. 1 To adjust this type of item, touch the item ᭺. Thementally, such as when adjusting the bass and 1treble for the audio system, touch the “+” key ᭺ 1 There are some options available when inputting item will cycle through the available settings andor the “Ϫ” key ᭺ to adjust the settings of an item. 2 characters. the red indicator lights to the left of the settingWhen there are more items than can be dis- condition ᭺ will come on or turn off accordingly. 2 ● 123 / ABC:played on one screen, touch the up arrow ᭺ to 3 Changes the available character set to num-scroll up the page or touch the down arrow ᭺ to 4 bers.scroll down the page. ● Space: Inserts a space. ● Delete: Deletes the last inputted character with one touch. Touch and hold the “Delete” key to delete all of the characters.4-4 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • ● OK: XM setup Completes the character input. For XM setup, refer to “Audio system” in thisTouch screen maintenance section.If you clean the display screen, use a dry, softcloth. If additional cleaning is necessary, use asmall amount of neutral detergent with a softcloth. Never spray the screen with water or de-tergent. Dampen the cloth first and then wipe thescreen.HOW TO USE THE BACK BUTTONPress the BACK button to return to theprevious screen. LHA1480 HOW TO USE THE SETUP BUTTON When the SETUP button is pressed, the Setup screen will appear on the display. You can select and/or adjust several functions, features and modes that are available for your vehicle. Audio setup For audio setup, refer to “Audio system” in this section. Navigation setup Refer to the separate Navigation System Own- er’s Manual for information regarding this item. Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-5
  • “Night” modes are suited for the respective times of day, while “Automatic” controls the display automatically. Scroll Direction The direction that menus scroll can be adjusted. Choose either “up” or “down”. LHA1481 LHA1482System setup Display:Select the “System” key to select and/or adjust Select the “Display” key to adjust the appearancevarious functions of the system. A screen with of the display. The following settings can beadditional options will appear. adjusted: Brightness The brightness of the display can be set to Very Bright, Bright, Default, Dark or Very Dark. Touch the “Brightness” key to cycle through the options. Display Mode The display can be adjusted to fit the level of lighting in the vehicle. Touch the “Display Mode” key to cycle through the options. “Day” and4-6 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • LHA1483 LHA1484 LHA1485Clock: Set Clock Manually Language: When this setting is activated, the clock can beSelect the “Clock” key to adjust the time and the Select the “Language” key to adjust the language set manually. Touch the “+” or “-” key to adjust theappearance of the clock on the display. The fol- used by the system. The language can be set to hours and minutes up or down.lowing settings can be adjusted: English, Français or Español. Daylight Savings TimeTime Format Touch click: When this setting is activated, daylight savingsThe clock can be set to 12 hours or 24 hours. time is on. Touch the “Daylight Savings Time” key Select the “Touch Click” key to toggle the touchUse GPS Clock to toggle the setting on or off. click feature on or off. When activated, a clickWhen this setting is activated, the clock is set sound will be heard every time a key on the Time Zoneand continually updated via the GPS used by the screen is touched. Choose the applicable time zone from the list.Navigation System. Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-7
  • REARVIEW MONITOR (if so equipped)Beep tones: When the shift selector is shifted into the R ● Do not put anything on the rearview (Reverse) position, the monitor display shows a camera. The rearview camera is in-Select the “Beep Tones” key to toggle the beeptones feature on or off. When activated, a beep rearward view from the vehicle. stalled beside the license plate light.sound will be heard when a pop-up message ● When washing the vehicle with high-appears on the screen or a button on the unit WARNING pressure water, be sure not to spray it(such as the button) is pressed and held ● The system is designed as an aid to the around the camera. Otherwise, waterfor two seconds. driver in detecting large stationary ob- may enter the camera unit causing wa- jects to help avoid damaging the ve- ter condensation on the lens, a mal-Reset all settings/memory: hicle. The system will not detect small function, fire or an electric shock.Select the “Reset All Settings/Memory” key to objects below the bumper, and may notreturn all settings to default and to clear the detect objects close to the bumper or ● Do not strike the camera. It is a preci-memory. on the ground. sion instrument. Otherwise, it may mal- function or cause damage resulting in aTraffic setup ● The RearView Monitor is a convenience fire or an electric shock. but it is not a substitute for proper back-Refer to the separate Navigation System Own- ing. Always turn and check that it is safe CAUTIONer’s Manual for information regarding this item. to do so before backing up. Always back up slowly. There is a plastic cover over the camera. BUTTON Do not scratch the cover when cleaning ● Objects viewed in the RearView Moni- dirt or snow from the cover.To change the display brightness, press tor differ from actual distance becausethe button. Pressing the button again will a wide-angle lens is used.change the display to the day or the night display. ● Make sure that the trunk is securelyIf no operation is performed within 5 seconds, the closed when backing up.display will return to the previous display. ● Underneath the bumper and the cornerPress and hold the button for more than areas of the bumper cannot be viewedtwo seconds to turn the display off. Press the on the RearView Monitor because of itsbutton again to turn the display on. monitoring range limitation.4-8 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The distance guide line and the vehicle width guide line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level, paved surface. The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects. LHA0437 WHA1531 Without Navigation System With Navigation SystemHOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED ᭺ 1 1.5 ft (0.5 m) redLINES ᭺ 2 3 ft (1 m) yellowLines which indicate the vehicle clearance and ᭺ 3 7 ft (2 m) greendistances to objects with reference to the bum-per line ᭺ are displayed on the monitor. A ᭺ 4 10 ft (3 m) green (models without Navigation System only)They are indicated as reference distances toobjects. The lines and colors in the display indi- The vehicle clearance lines are wider thancate distances from the back bumper line ᭺ inA the actual clearance.the illustration. Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-9
  • the hill is the place ᭺. Note that any object on B the hill is further than it appears on the monitor. WHA1504 WHA1505Backing up on a steep uphill Backing up on a steep downhillWhen backing up the vehicle up a hill, the dis- When backing up the vehicle down a hill, thetance guide lines and the vehicle width guide distance guide lines and the vehicle width guidelines are shown closer than the actual distance. lines are shown farther than the actual distance.For example, the display shows 3 ft (1.0 m) to the For example, the display shows 3 ft (1.0 m) to theplace ᭺, but the actual 3 ft (1.0 m) distance on A place ᭺, but the actual 3 ft (1.0 m) distance on A4-10 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • the hill is the place ᭺. Note that any object on B the position ᭺ if the object projects over the Athe hill is closer than it appears on the monitor. actual backing up course. WHA1506 Backing up behind a projecting object The position ᭺ is shown farther than the position C ᭺ in the display. However, the position ᭺ is B C actually at the same distance as the position ᭺. A The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-11
  • LHA1272 LHA1480 LHA1482ADJUSTING THE SCREEN (models ADJUSTING THE SCREEN (models 3. Touch “Display”.without Navigation System) with Navigation System) 4. To adjust the brightness, touch the “Bright-To adjust the quality of the screen, press the To adjust the quality of the screen, perform the ness” key repeatedly to set the display tosetting control knob on the audio system. following: Very Bright, Bright, Default, Dark or Very Dark. Touch “Display Mode” to cycle be- ● To adjust the Brightness or Contrast, press 1. Press the SETUP button. tween day, night and automatic display the setting control knob repeatedly until the modes. 2. Touch “System”. setting you wish to adjust is displayed. Use the TUNE/SCROLL knob to adjust the dis- Do not adjust the screen settings of the RearView play to the desired level. Monitor while the vehicle is moving. ● Do not adjust the Brightness or Contrast of the RearView Monitor while the vehicle is moving.4-12 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • OPERATING TIPS ● The colors of objects on the RearView Moni- tor may differ somewhat from those of the● When the shift selector is shifted to R (Re- actual object. verse), the monitor screen automatically changes to the RearView Monitor mode. ● When the contrast of objects is low at night, However, the radio can be heard. pressing the setting control knob or SETUP button may not change the brightness.● It may take some time until the RearView ● Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a Monitor is displayed after the shift selector dark place or at night. has been shifted to R (Reverse). Objects may be distorted momentarily until the Rear- ● If dirt, rain or snow attaches to the camera, View Monitor screen is displayed com- the RearView Monitor may not display ob- pletely. When the shift selector is returned to jects. Clean the camera. a position other than R (Reverse), it may take ● Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to some time until the screen changes. Objects clean the camera. This will cause discolor- on the screen may be distorted until they are ation. To clean the camera, wipe with a cloth completely displayed. dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth.● When the temperature is extremely high or low, the screen may not clearly display ob- ● Do not damage the camera as the monitor jects. This is not a malfunction. screen may be adversely affected.● When strong light directly enters the cam- ● Do not use body wax on the camera window. era, objects may not be displayed clearly. If body wax does get on the camera window, wipe off the wax with a clean cloth damp-● Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the ened with mild detergent diluted with water. screen. This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper. This is not a malfunction.● The screen may flicker under fluorescent light. This is not a malfunction. Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-13
  • VENTS HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER (manual) WARNING ● The air conditioner cooling function op- erates only when the engine is running. ● Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle. Pets should also not be left alone. They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days, temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to WHA0772 people or animals.Adjust air flow direction for the driver’s and pas- ● Do not use the recirculation mode forsenger’s side ᭺, and center ᭺ ventilators by 1 2 long periods as it may cause the interiormoving the ventilator slide and/or ventilator as- air to become stale and the windows tosemblies. fog up.Open or close the ventilators ᭺ by using the dial. 1Move the dial toward the to open the ven-tilators or toward the to close them.4-14 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • WHA0470 Type A1. Fan control dial2. Air recirculation button3. Temperature control dial4. Air flow control dial5. Rear window defroster Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-15
  • — Air flows from defroster outlets and foot outlets. — Air flows mainly from defroster outlets. ● You can also select the middle position between and or between and . ● When the , or position is selected, the air recirculation mode cannot be turned on. This prevents the win- dows from fogging. LHA0440 Temperature control dial Type B The temperature control dial allows you to adjust1. Fan control dial Air flow control dial the temperature of the outlet air. To lower the2. Air recirculation button temperature, turn the dial to the left. To increase The air flow control dial allows you to select the3. Temperature control dial the temperature, turn the dial to the right. air flow outlets.4. Air conditioner button MAX — Air flows from center and side Air recirculation button5. Air flow control dial6. Rear window defroster A/C vents with maximum cooling (air conditioning if so equipped). NOTE:CONTROLS — Air flows from center and side The air recirculation feature is availableFan control dial vents. only on those vehicles equipped with air — Air flows from center and side conditioning.The fan control dial turns the fan on and off, and vents and foot outlets.controls fan speed. — Air flows mainly from foot outlets.4-16 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • On position (Indicator light on): turn on the air conditioner. The indicator light VentilationInterior air is recirculated inside the vehicle. comes on when the air conditioner is operating. To turn off the air conditioner, push the This mode directs outside air to the side andPress the button to the on position when: button again. center vents. ● driving on a dusty road. The air conditioner cooling function oper- 1. Push the button to the off position. ● to prevent traffic fumes from entering pas- ates only when the engine is running. 2. Turn the air flow control dial to the senger compartment. Rear window defroster switch position. ● for maximum cooling when using the air con- For more information about the rear window de- 3. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi- ditioner. froster switch, see “Rear window and outside tion.When the button is pressed, the air con- mirror defroster switch” in the “Instruments and controls” section of this manual. 4. Turn the temperature control dial to the de-ditioner automatically turns on and the indicator sired position.illuminates. When the button is pressed HEATER OPERATIONagain, the air recirculation mode turns off, but the Defrosting or defoggingair conditioner remains on. Heating This mode directs the air to the defrost outletsOff position (Indicator light off): This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot and outboard vents to defrost/defog the win-Outside air is drawn into the passenger compart- outlets. Some air also flows from the defrost dows.ment and distributed through the selected outlet. outlets and outboard vents. 1. Turn the air flow control dial to theUse the off position for normal heater or air con- 1. Push the button to the off position for position.ditioner operation. normal heating. 2. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi- Air conditioner button (if so 2. Turn the air flow control dial to the tion. position. equipped) 3. Turn the temperature control dial to the de- 3. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi- sired position between the middle and theThe button is provided only on vehicles equipped tion. hot position.with an air conditioner. 4. Turn the temperature control dial to the de-Start the engine, turn the fan control dial to the sired position between the middle and thedesired position and push the button to hot position. Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-17
  • ● To quickly remove ice or fog from the win- 4. Turn the temperature control dial to the de- Operating tips dows, turn the fan control dial to HI and the sired position. temperature control lever to the full HOT Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades position. Heating and defogging and air inlet in front of the windshield. This This mode heats the interior and defogs the wind- improves heater operation. ● When the or position is se- shield. lected, the air conditioner automatically AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION (if turns on (however, the indicator light will not 1. Turn the air flow control dial to the so equipped) illuminate). In this position, the A/C cannot position. Start the engine, turn the fan control dial to the be turned off. When the air flow control dial 2. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi- desired position, and push in the button to is turned to any position other than tion. activate the air conditioner. When the air condi- or , the A/C light will illuminate (the tioner is on, cooling and dehumidifying functions 3. Turn the temperature control dial to the de- A/C will continue operating) and can be are added to the heater operation. sired position between the middle and the turned off using the A/C button. This dehu- hot position. The air conditioner cooling function oper- midifies the air which helps defog the wind- ates only when the engine is running. shield. The mode automatically turns ● When the or position is se- off, allowing outside air to be drawn into the lected, the air conditioner automatically Cooling passenger compartment to further improve turns on (however, the indicator light will not This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air. the defogging performance. illuminate). In this position, the A/C cannot be turned off. When the air flow control dial 1. Push the button to the off position.Bi-level heating is turned to any position other than 2. Turn the air flow control dial to the MAX A/CThis mode directs air from the side, center and or the A/C light will illuminate (the or position.the foot outlets. A/C will continue operating) and can be turned off using the A/C button. This dehu- 3. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi- 1. Push the button to the off position. midifies the air which helps defog the wind- tion. shield. The mode automatically turns 2. Turn the air flow control dial to the off, allowing outside air to be drawn into the 4. Push the button. The indicator light position. passenger compartment to further improve comes on. 3. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi- the defogging performance. 5. Turn the temperature control dial to the de- tion. sired position.4-18 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • ● For quick cooling when the outside tem- 3. Push the button. The indicator light ● The air conditioning system should be perature is high, push the button to comes on. operated for approximately 10 minutes the on position (indicator light on). Be sure at least once a month. This helps pre- When the or position is selected, vent damage to the system due to lack to return the button to the off position the air conditioner automatically turns on (how- of lubrication. for normal cooling. MAX A/C may be used for quick cooling. ever, the indicator light will not illuminate). In this ● A visible mist may be seen coming from the position, the A/C cannot be turned off. When the vents in hot, humid conditions as the air isDehumidified heating air flow control is turned to any position other cooled rapidly. This does not indicate a mal-This mode is used to heat and dehumidify the air. than or the A/C light will illuminate function. (the A/C will continue operating) and can be ● If the engine coolant temperature 1. Push the button to the off position. turned off using the A/C button. This dehumidi- gauge indicates engine coolant tem- 2. Turn the air flow control dial to the fies the air which helps defog the windshield. perature over the normal range, turn position. The mode automatically turns off, allowing the air conditioner off. See “If your outside air to be drawn into the passenger com- vehicle overheats” in the “In case of 3. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi- partment to further improve the defogging perfor- emergency” section of this manual. tion. mance. AIR FLOW CHARTS 4. Push the button. The indicator light 4. Turn the temperature control dial to the de- comes on. The following charts show the button and dial sired position. positions for MAXIMUM AND QUICK heating, 5. Turn the temperature control dial to the de- cooling or defrosting. The air recirculation sired position. Operating tips button should always be in the OFF posi-Dehumidified defogging ● Keep the windows and moonroof closed tion for heating and defrosting. while the air conditioner is in operation.This mode is used to defog the windows anddehumidify the air. ● After parking in the sun, drive for 2 or 3 minutes with the windows open to vent hot 1. Turn the air flow control dial to the air from the passenger compartment. Then, position. close the windows. This allows the air con- 2. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi- ditioner to cool the interior more quickly. tion. Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-19
  • WHA1116 WHA11174-20 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • WHA1118 WHA1119 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-21
  • WHA11214-22 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER (if so AUDIO SYSTEMequipped)The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve- RADIO Reception conditions will constantly change be-hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with cause of vehicle movement. Buildings, terrain,the environment in mind. Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON signal distance and interference from other ve- position and press the POWER/VOLUME con- hicles can work against ideal reception. De-This refrigerant does not harm the earth’s trol knob to turn the radio on. If you listen to the scribed below are some of the factors that canozone layer. radio with the engine not running, the ignition affect your radio reception.Special charging equipment and lubricant is re- switch should be placed in the ACC position. Some cellular phones or other devices mayquired when servicing your NISSAN air condi- Radio reception is affected by station signal cause interference or a buzzing noise to cometioner. Using improper refrigerants or lubricants strength, distance from radio transmitter, build- from the audio system speakers. Storing the de-will cause severe damage to your air conditioner ings, bridges, mountains and other external influ- vice in a different location may reduce or elimi-system. See “Air conditioner system refrigerant ences. Intermittent changes in reception quality nate the noise.and oil recommendations” in the “Technical andconsumer information” section of this manual. normally are caused by these external influences. FM RADIO RECEPTIONA NISSAN dealer is able to service your “environ- Using a cellular phone in or near the ve- Range: FM range is normally limited to 25 – 30 mimentally friendly” air conditioning system. hicle may influence radio reception quality. (40 – 48 km), with monaural (single channel) FM Radio reception having slightly more range than stereo FM. Exter- WARNING nal influences may sometimes interfere with FMThe air conditioner system contains re- Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with station reception even if the FM station is withinfrigerant under high pressure. To avoid state-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhance ra- 25 mi (40 km). The strength of the FM signal ispersonal injury, any air conditioner ser- dio reception. These circuits are designed to directly related to the distance between thevice should be done only by an experi- extend reception range, and to enhance the qual- transmitter and receiver. FM signals follow a line-enced technician with proper equipment. ity of that reception. of-sight path, exhibiting many of the same char- acteristics as light. For example, they will reflect However, there are some general characteristics off objects. of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle, even Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away from when the finest equipment is used. These char- a station transmitter, the signals will tend to fade and/or drift. acteristics are completely normal in a given re- ception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your NISSAN radio system. Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-23
  • Static and flutter: During signal interference from SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION (if sobuildings, large hills or due to antenna position equipped)(usually in conjunction with increased distancefrom the station transmitter), static or flutter can When the satellite radio is used for the first timebe heard. This can be reduced by adjusting the or the battery has been replaced, the satellitetreble control to reduce treble response. radio may not work properly. This is not a mal- function. Wait more than 10 minutes with satelliteMultipath reception: Because of the reflective radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal orcharacteristics of FM signals, direct and reflected large building for satellite radio to receive all ofsignals reach the receiver at the same time. The the necessary data.signals may cancel each other, resulting in mo-mentary flutter or loss of sound. No satellite radio reception is available when the RADIO button is pressed to access satellite radioAM RADIO RECEPTION stations unless optional satellite receiver and an-AM signals, because of their low frequency, can tenna are installed and an XMா satellite radiobend around objects and skip along the ground. service subscription is active. Satellite radio isIn addition, the signals can be bounced off the not available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.ionosphere and bent back to earth. Because of Satellite radio performance may be affected ifthese characteristics, AM signals are also sub- cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radioject to interference as they travel from transmitter signal.to receiver. If possible, do not put cargo over the satelliteFading: Occurs while the vehicle is passing antenna.through freeway underpasses or in areas withmany tall buildings. It can also occur for several A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna can LHA0099seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in affect satellite radio performance. Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception. AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONSareas where no obstacles exist.Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electricalpower lines, electric signs and even traffic lights.4-24 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • Compact disc (CD) player ● Do not expose the CD to direct sun- CHECK DISC: light. ● Confirm that the CD is inserted cor- CAUTION ● CDs that are in poor condition or are rectly (the label side is facing up,● Do not force a compact disc into the CD dirty, scratched or covered with finger- etc.). insert slot. This could damage the CD prints may not work properly. ● Confirm that the CD is not bent or and/or CD player. ● The following CDs may not work prop- warped and it is free of scratches.● Trying to load a CD with the CD door erly: closed could damage the CD and/or CD PRESS EJECT: ● Copy control compact discs (CCCD) player. This is an error due to excessive tem- ● Recordable compact discs (CD-R)● Only one CD can be loaded into the CD perature inside the player. Remove the player at a time. ● Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW) CD by pressing the EJECT button. After a short time, reinsert the CD. The CD ● Only use high quality 4.7 in (12 cm) ● Do not use the following CDs as they can be played when the temperature of round discs that have the “COMPACT may cause the CD player to malfunc- tion: the player returns to normal. disc DIGITAL AUDIO” logo on the disc or packaging. ● 3.1 in (8 cm) discs with an adapter UNPLAYABLE: ● During cold weather or rainy days, the ● CDs that are not round The file is unplayable in this audio sys- player may malfunction due to the hu- tem (only MP3 or WMA (if so equipped) ● CDs with a paper label CD). midity. If this occurs, remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player ● CDs that are warped, scratched, or completely. have abnormal edges ● The player may skip while driving on ● This audio system can only play pre- rough roads. recorded CDs. It has no capability to record or burn CDs. ● The CD player sometimes cannot func- tion when the compartment tempera- ● If the CD cannot be played, one of the ture is extremely high or low. following messages will be displayed. Decrease/increase the temperature before use. Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-25
  • Compact disc with MP3 or WMA (if ● Sampling frequency — Sampling frequencyso equipped) is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital (A/DTerms: conversion) per second. ● MP3 — MP3 is short for Moving Pictures ● Multisession — Multisession is one of the Experts Group Audio Layer 3. MP3 is the methods for writing data to media. Writing most well-known compressed digital audio data once to the media is called a single file format. This format allows for near “CD session, and writing more than once is called quality” sound, but at a fraction of the size of a multisession. normal audio files. MP3 conversion of an ● ID3/WMA Tag — The ID3/WMA tag is the audio track from CD-ROM can reduce the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that file size by approximately a 10:1 ratio with contains information about the digital music virtually no perceptible loss in quality. MP3 file such as song title, artist, encoding bit compression removes the redundant and rate, track time duration, etc. ID3 tag infor- irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the mation is displayed on the Artist/song title human ear doesn’t hear. line on the display. ● WMA — Windows Media Audio (WMA)* is a * Windowsா and Windows Mediaா are regis- compressed audio format created by Micro- tered trademarks and trademarks in the United soft as an alternative to MP3. The WMA States of America and other countries of Micro- codec offers greater file compression than soft Corporation of the USA. the MP3 codec, enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of WHA1078 space when compared to MP3s at the same Playback order chart level of quality. Playback order: ● Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the number of Music playback order of a CD with MP3 or WMA bits per second used by a digital music file. files is as illustrated. The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used ● The names of folders not containing MP3 or when encoding the file. WMA files are not shown in the display.4-26 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • ● If there is a file in the top level of the disc, “Root Folder” is displayed.● The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software. Therefore, the files might not play in the desired order. Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-27
  • Specification chart: Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW Supported file systems ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Apple ISO, Romeo, Joliet * ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported. Version MPEG1, MPEG2, MPEG2.5 MP3 Sampling frequency 8 kHz - 48 kHz Supported Bit rate 8 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR versions*1 WMA Version WMA7, WMA8, WMA9 Sampling frequency 32 kHz - 48 kHz Bit rate 48 kbps - 192 kbps, VBR Tag information ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3 (MP3 only) Folder levels Folder levels: 8, Max folders: 255 (including root folder), Files: 512 (Max. 255 files for one folder) Text character number limitation 128 characters 01: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16 Non-BOM Big Endian), 05: Displayable character codes*2 UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM Little Endian)*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.*2 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.4-28 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • Troubleshooting guide:Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Check if the disc was inserted correctly. Check if the disc is scratched or dirty. Check if there is condensation inside the player. If there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) before using the player. If there is a temperature increase error, the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature.Cannot play If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and MP3/WMA files on a CD, only the music CD files (CD-DA data) will be played. Files with extensions other than “.MP3”,“.WMA”, “.mp3” or “.wma” cannot be played. In addition, the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications. Check if the finalization process, such as session close and disc close, is done for the disc. Check if the disc is protected by copyright. Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.Poor sound quality Bit rate may be too low.It takes a relatively long time If there are many folders or file levels on the MP3/WMA disc, or if it is a multisession disc, some time may be required before the music starts playing.before the music startsplaying. The writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing width, etc., might not match theMusic cuts off or skips specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.Skipping with high bit rate Skipping may occur with large quantities of data, such as for high bit rate data.filesMoves immediately to the When a non-MP3/WMA file has been given an extension of “.MP3”, “.WMA”, .“mp3”or “.wma”, or when play is prohibited by copyright protection, therenext song when playing will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song.Songs do not play back in The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software. Therefore, the files might not play in the desired order.the desired order Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-29
  • Universal Serial Bus (USB) memory (if ● The USB device cannot be formatted with ● The iPodா nano (1st Generation) may re-so equipped) this system. If you want to format the USB main in fast forward or rewind mode if it is memory, use your personal computer. connected during a seek operation. In thisThis system supports various USB memory case, please manually reset the iPodா.sticks, USB hard drives and iPodா players. There ● Partitioned USB devices may not be playedare some USB devices which may not be sup- correctly. ● The iPodா nano (2nd Generation) will con- tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is discon-ported with this system. ● Some characters used in other languages nected during a seek operation. ● Make sure that the USB device is connected (Chinese, Japanese, etc.) are not displayed correctly into the USB connector. properly on the vehicle center screen. ● An incorrect song title may appear when the NISSAN recommends using English lan- Play Mode is changed while using the iPodா ● Do not force the memory stick or USB cable guage characters with USB devices. nano (2nd generation). into the USB connector. ● Do not connect the USB device if the con- ● If you are using an iPodா (3rd Generation ● During cold weather or rainy days, the player nector or cable is wet. Allow the cable with Dock connector), do not use very long may malfunction due to the humidity. If this and/or connectors to dry completely before names for the song title, album name or artist occurs, remove the USB memory stick and connecting the USB device. name to avoid the iPodா resetting itself. dehumidify or ventilate the player com- pletely. ● Large video podcast files cause slow re- iPodா is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in sponses in the iPodா. The vehicle center the U.S. and other countries. ● The player sometimes cannot function when display may momentarily black out, but it will the passenger compartment temperature is soon recover. iPodா* player (if so equipped) extremely high. Decrease the temperature ● Some characters used in other languages before use. ● If the iPodா automatically selects large video podcast files while in the shuffle mode, the (Chinese, Japanese, etc.) are not displayed ● Do not leave the USB memory in a place vehicle center display may momentarily properly on the vehicle center screen. We prone to static electricity or where the air black out, but it will soon recover. recommend using English language charac- conditioner blows directly. The data in the ters with an iPodா. USB memory may be damaged. ● Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on the iPodா. ● Large video podcast files cause slow re- ● Prepare the USB device by yourself be- sponses in the iPodா. The vehicle center cause it is not equipped with the vehicle. display may momentarily black out, but it will soon recover.4-30 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • ● If the iPodா automatically selects large video ● Be careful not to do the following, or the ● If the cable is damaged (insulation cut, con- podcast files while in the shuffle mode, the cable could be damaged and a loss of func- nectors cracked, contamination such as liq- vehicle center display may momentarily tion may occur: uids, dust, dirt, etc. in the connectors), do black out, but it will soon recover. not use the cable and contact a NISSAN ● Bend the cable excessively (1.6 in (40 dealer to replace the cable with a new one.● Improperly plugging in the iPodா may cause mm) radius maximum). a checkmark to be displayed on and off ● When not in use for extended periods of ● Twist the cable excessively (more than time, store the cable in a clean, dust free (flickering). Always make sure that the iPodா 180 degrees). environment at room temperature and with- is connected properly. ● Pull or drop the cable. out direct sun exposure.● The iPodா nano (2nd Generation) will con- ● Do not use the cable for any other purposes tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is discon- ● Close the center console lid on the cable other than its intended use in the vehicle. nected during a seek operation. or connectors. *iPodா is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in● An incorrect song title may appear when the ● Store objects with sharp edges in the the U.S. and other countries. Play Mode is changed while using the iPodா storage where the cable is stored. nano (2nd Generation). ● Spill liquids on the cable and connectors.● Audiobooks may not play in the same order ● Do not connect the cable to the iPodா if the as they appear on the iPodா. cable and/or connectors are wet. It may● The iPodா nano (1st Generation) may re- damage the iPodா. main in fast forward or rewind mode if it is ● If the cable and connectors are exposed to connected during a seek operation. In this water, allow the cable and/or connectors to case, please manually reset the iPodா. dry completely before connecting the cable● If you are using an iPodா (3rd Generation to the iPodா (wait 24 hours for it to dry). with Dock connector), do not use very long ● If the connector is exposed to fluids other names for the song title, album name or artist than water, evaporative residue may cause a name to prevent the iPodா from resetting short between the connector pins. In this itself. case, replace the cable, otherwise damage to the iPodா and a loss of function may occur. Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-31
  • 11. VOLUME control knob 12. PWR button 13. SCAN button 14. RDM button 15. Station select (1 - 6) buttons FM/AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC (CD) PLAYER (Type A) (if so equipped) For all operation precautions, see “Audio opera- tion precautions” in this section. Audio main operation POWER/VOLUME control: Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position. Press the PWR button while the system is off to call up the mode (radio, CD or AUX) that was playing immediately before the system was turned off. While the system is on, pressing the PWR button turns the system off. LHA1224 Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume. Type A MENU button (Bass, Treble, Fade, Balance1. FM-AM button 6. AUX button and Clock):2. CD eject button 7. TUNE button Press the MENU button to change the mode as3. SEEK button 8. MENU button follows:4. CD button 9. RPT button BAS (Bass) → TRE (Treble) → FAD (Fade) →5. CD insert slot 10. AUX IN jack BAL (Balance) → Clock → Normal mode4-32 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • Press the SEEK or or TUNE 4. Press the SEEK button or or SEEK tuning:or button to adjust the Bass, Treble, Fade the TUNE button or to adjustand Balance to the desired level. Fade adjusts the minutes. Press the SEEK button or to tunethe sound level between the front and rear speak- from low to high or high to low frequencies and toers and Balance adjusts the sound between the 5. Press the MENU button again to exit the stop at the next broadcasting station.right and left speakers. clock set mode. SCAN tuning:Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the If no action is taken, the display will return to thedesired level, press the MENU button repeatedly regular clock display after 10 seconds. Press the SCAN button to stop at each broad-until the radio or CD display reappears. If no casting station for 5 seconds. Pressing the but-action is taken, the radio or CD display will auto- FM/AM radio operation ton again during this 5 second period will stopmatically reappear after approximately 10 sec- FM·AM button: SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned toonds. that station. If the SCAN button is not pressed Press the FM·AM button to change the band as within 5 seconds, SCAN tuning moves to theClock set follows: next station.If the clock is not displayed with the ignition AM → FM1 → FM2 → AM 1 to 6 Station memory operations:switch in the ACC or ON position, you need toselect the CLK-ON mode. Press the MENU but- If another audio source is playing when the Twelve stations can be set for the FM band (6 forton repeatedly until CLK-OFF mode is displayed. FM·AM button is pressed, the audio source play- FM1, 6 for FM2) and six stations can be set forUse the TUNE/FF-REW/FOLDER button to en- ing will automatically be turned off and the last the AM band.able CLK-ON mode. radio station played will begin playing. 1. Choose the radio band AM, FM1 or FM2 1. Press the MENU button repeatedly until The FM stereo indicator (ST) illuminates during using the AM·FM select button. “Clock:” appears. The hours will begin flash- FM stereo reception. When the stereo broadcast ing. signal is weak, the radio automatically changes 2. Tune to the desired station using manual, from stereo to monaural reception. SEEK or SCAN tuning. Press and hold any 2. Press the SEEK button or or of the desired station memory buttons (1 – the TUNE button or to adjust TUNE button (Tuning): 6) until a beep sound is heard. the hours. 3. The channel indicator will then come on and Press the TUNE button or for 3. Press the MENU button again. The minutes the sound will resume. Programming is now manual tuning. will begin flashing. complete. Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-33
  • 4. Other buttons can be set in the same man- SEEK button: RPT button: ner. When the RPT button is pressed while a com-If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse When the SEEK button is pressed while pact disc is playing, the play pattern can beopens, the radio memory will be canceled. In that the compact disc is playing, the next track follow- changed as follows:case, reset the desired stations. ing the present one starts to play from the begin- 1 TR RPT ←→ 1 CD RPT ning. Press the SEEK button several timesCompact disc (CD) player operation to skip several tracks. Each time the button is 1 TR RPT: the current track will be repeated.If the radio is already operating, it automatically pressed, the CD advances one additional track. 1 CD RPT: play pattern returns to normal.turns off and the compact disc begins to play. The track number appears in the display window. (When the last track on the compact disc is AUX (Auxiliary) button:CD button: skipped, the first track is played.) The AUX IN jack is located on the front of theWhen the CD button is pressed with the system radio. The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any When the SEEK button is pressed, the standard analog audio input such as from a por-off and the compact disc loaded, the system will track being played returns to the beginning. table cassette tape/CD player, MP3 player or aturn on and the compact disc will start to play. Press the SEEK button several times to laptop computer.When the CD button is pressed with a compact skip back several tracks. Each time the button isdisc loaded and the radio playing, the radio will Press the AUX button to play a compatible device pressed the CD moves back one track.automatically be turned off and the compact disc when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack.will start to play. RDM button: EJECT button: TUNE (Rewind or Fast When the RDM button is pressed while a com- pact disc is playing, the play pattern can be When the button is pressed with a com- Forward) button: changed as follows: pact disc loaded, the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played.When the TUNE button or is 1 CD RDM ←→ 1 CD RPTpressed while the compact disc is playing, the 1 CD RDM: all tracks on the disc will be played When the button is pressed twice with acompact disc plays at an increased speed while compact disc loaded, the compact disc will be randomly.reversing or fast forwarding. When the button is ejected further for easier CD removal. If the discreleased, the compact disc returns to normal play 1 CD RPT: play pattern returns to normal. is not removed within 15 seconds, the disc willspeed. reload.4-34 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • 11. SCAN/RPT button 12. AUDIO button 13. AUX IN jack 14. Station select (1 - 6) buttons 15. VOLUME control knob 16. PWR button 17. iPod MENU button 18. BACK button 19. ENTER button 20. SEEK/TRACK button FM/AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC (CD) PLAYER (Type B) (if so equipped) For all operation precautions, see ЉAudio opera- tion precautionsЉ in this section. Audio main operation POWER/VOLUME control: Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON LHA1225 position. Press the PWR button while the system Type B is off to call up the mode (radio, CD or AUX) that was playing immediately before the system was1. MUTE button 6. iPod button turned off. While the system is on, pressing the2. DISP/TEXT button 7. AUX button PWR button turns the system off.3. FM-AM button 8. CLOCK button4. CD button 9. CD eject button Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume.5. CD insert slot 10. TUNE/FF-REW/FOLDER button Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-35
  • MUTE button: To change the Speed Sensitive Volume (SSV) If no action is taken, the display will return to the mode to OFF, LOW, MID or HIGH, press the regular clock display after 10 seconds.Press the button to mute the audio sound. TUNE button or until the desired DISP (display) button setting is displayed.Press the button again to resume playing This button works during FM, CD and iPodாthe audio at its previous volume. Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the operation. See the detailed function for this but- desired level, press the AUDIO button repeatedly ton in the section for each mode.AUDIO button (Bass, Treble, Fade, Bal- until the radio or CD display reappears. If noance, SSV, Beep): action is taken, the radio or CD display will auto- iPODா MENU, ENTER and BACK buttonsPress the AUDIO button to change the mode as matically reappear after approximately 5 sec- These buttons can only be used for iPodா opera-follows: onds. tions. See “iPodா player operation without Navi- Clock set gation System (Type A)” in this section for detailsBass → Treble → Fade → Balance → Speed about the functions of these buttons.Sensitive Volume (SSV) → Beep ON/OFF → If the clock is not displayed with the ignitionNormal mode switch in the ACC or ON position, you need to FM/AM radio operationTo adjust Bass, Treble, Fade and Balance, press select the CLK-ON mode. Press the MENU but- FM·AM button:the AUDIO button until the desired mode ap- ton repeatedly until CLK-OFF mode is displayed. Use the TUNE/FF-REW/FOLDER button to en- Press the FM·AM button to change the band aspears in the display. Press the TUNE able CLK-ON mode. follows:or or SEEK or button to ad- 1. Press and hold the CLOCK button until the AM → FM1 → FM2 → AMjust the selected mode to the desired level. Fadeadjusts the sound level between the front and clock display starts to flash. If another audio source is playing when therear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound 2. Press the SEEK/TRACK button FM·AM button is pressed, the audio source play-between the right and left speakers. ing will automatically be turned off and the last or to adjust the hours. radio station played will begin playing.To change the Beep to ON or OFF, press the 3. Press the TUNE/FF-REW/FOLDERTUNE button up or down until the desired mode The FM stereo indicator (ST) illuminates duringis displayed. This will enable or disable the beep button or to adjust the minutes. FM stereo reception. When the stereo broadcastsound heard during menu selection. 4. Press the CLOCK button again to exit the signal is weak, the radio automatically changes clock set mode. from stereo to monaural reception.4-36 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • TUNE button (Tuning): 3. The channel indicator will then come on and DISP/TEXT button: the sound will resume. Programming is now When the DISP/TEXT button is pressed while aPress the TUNE/FF-REW/FOLDER complete. CD is playing, the display will change as follows:button or for manual tuning. 4. Other buttons can be set in the same man- CD: SEEK tuning: ner. Track number → Disc title → Song title → Track If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fusePress the SEEK/TRACK button or number opens, the radio memory will be canceled. In thatto tune from low to high or high to low frequen- case, reset the desired stations. CD with MP3 or WMA:cies and to stop at the next broadcasting station. DISP/TEXT button: Track number → Folder title → Album title →SCAN tuning: Artist → Song title → Track number When the DISP/TEXT button is pressed while inPress the SCAN/RPT button to stop at each FM radio mode, the radio display will change as TUNE/FF-REW/FOLDERbroadcasting station for 5 seconds. Pressing the follows:button again during this 5 second period will stop (Reverse or Fast Forward)SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to Frequency → PTY → PS → Frequency button:that station. If the SCAN/RPT button is notpressed within 5 seconds, SCAN tuning moves Compact disc (CD) player operation CD:to the next station. If the radio is already operating, it automatically When the TUNE/FF-REW/FOLDER button1 to 6 Station memory operations: turns off and the compact disc begins to play. (fast forward) or (reverse) is pressed whileTwelve stations can be set for the FM band (6 for CD button: the compact disc is playing, the compact discFM1, 6 for FM2) and six stations can be set for plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast When the CD button is pressed with the systemthe AM band. forwarding. When the button is released, the com- off and the compact disc loaded, the system will pact disc returns to normal play speed. 1. Choose the radio band AM, FM1 or FM2 turn on and the compact disc will start to play. using the AM·FM select button. CD with MP3 or WMA: When the CD button is pressed with a compact 2. Tune to the desired station using manual, disc loaded and the radio playing, the radio will When the TUNE/FF-REW/FOLDER SEEK or SCAN tuning. Press and hold any automatically be turned off and the compact disc button (fast forward) or (reverse) is of the desired station memory buttons (1 – will start to play. 6) until a beep sound is heard. Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-37
  • pressed for less than 1.5 seconds while the SCAN/RPT button: AUX (Auxiliary) button:compact disc is playing, the folders in the CD will When the SCAN/RPT button is pressed while a The AUX IN jack is located on the front of thechange. compact disc is playing, the play pattern can be radio. The AUX IN audio input jack accepts anyWhen the TUNE/FF-REW/FOLDER button changed as follows: standard analog audio input such as from a por- table cassette tape/CD player, MP3 player or a (fast forward) or (reverse) is CD: laptop computer.pressed for more than 1.5 seconds while the REPEAT TRACK → RANDOM TRACK → RE-compact disc is playing, the compact disc plays Press the AUX button to play a compatible device PEAT DISCat an increased speed while reversing or fast when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack.forwarding. When the button is released, the CD with MP3 or WMA: EJECT button:compact disc returns to normal play speed. REPEAT FOLDER → REPEAT TRACK → RAN- SEEK/TRACK button: DOM TRACK → RANDOM FOLDER → REPEAT When the button is pressed with a com- DISC pact disc loaded, the compact disc will eject andWhen the SEEK/TRACK button is REPEAT TRACK: the current track will be re- the last source will be played.pressed while the compact disc is playing, the peated. When the button is pressed twice with anext track following the present one starts to play compact disc loaded, the compact disc will befrom the beginning. Press the SEEK/TRACK RANDOM TRACK: all tracks on the disc will be played randomly. ejected further for easier CD removal. If the discbutton several times to skip several tracks. is not removed within 15 seconds, the disc willEach time the button is pressed, the CD ad- REPEAT DISC: play pattern returns to normal. reload.vances one additional track. The track number REPEAT FOLDER: the current folder will be re-appears in the display window. (When the last peated.track on the compact disc is skipped, the firsttrack is played.) RANDOM FOLDER: all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly.When the SEEK/TRACK button ispressed, the track being played returns to thebeginning. Press the SEEK/TRACKbutton several times to skip back severaltracks. Each time the button is pressed the CDmoves back one track.4-38 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • 10. CD button 11. FM AM button 12. RPT button 13. POWER/VOL (volume) control knob 14. RDM button *No satellite radio reception is available when the AUX button is pressed to ac- cess satellite radio stations unless op- tional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XMா satellite radio ser- vice subscription is active. Satellite ra- dio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam. FM/AM/SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC (CD) PLAYER (Type A) (if so equipped) For all operation precautions, see ЉAudio opera- tion precautionsЉ in this section. LHA2096 Audio main operation Type A VOL/ON·OFF control:1. SCAN button 6. TUNE/SCROLL knob/ENTER/2. Station select (1 - 6) buttons SETTINGS button Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON3. CD insert slot 7. SEEK/CAT buttons position and push the VOL/ON·OFF control knob4. iPod MENU button while the system is off to call up the mode (radio 8. AUX IN jack or CD) that was playing immediately before the5. CD eject button 9. AUX button* system was turned off. Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-39
  • To turn the system off, press the VOL/ON·OFFcontrol knob.Turn the VOL/ON·OFF control knob to adjust thevolume.This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sen-sitive Volume (SSV) for audio. When this featureis active, the audio volume changes as the drivingspeed changes.Setting control knob (Audio, Display andClock):Press the ENTER/SETTINGS button to adjustthe audio, display and clock settings as follows: LHA1270 LHA1271Bass → Treble → Fade → Balance → SpeedSensitive Volume (SSV) (if so equipped) → Audio settings: Speed Sensitive Volume (if so equipped):Brightness → Contrast → On-screen Clock → Adjust the bass, treble, fade and balance by To change the Speed Sensitive Volume (SSV)Clock Adjust → Bass selecting the desired setting with the level from 1 to 5, or to turn the feature off entirely,Once the desired setting is displayed on the ENTER/SETTINGS button and then adjusting choose the Speed Sensitive Volume (SSV) set-screen, turn the TUNE/SCROLL knob left or right the level with the TUNE/SCROLL knob. Balance ting with the ENTER/SETTINGS button and thento adjust the chosen setting. Press the adjusts the sound between the left and right adjust the level with the TUNE/SCROLL knob.ENTER/SETTINGS button to move to the next speakers. Fade adjusts the sound between the Speed Sensitive Volume (SSV) adjusts the vol-setting or wait approximately five seconds to exit front and rear speakers. ume of the audio system as the vehicle’s drivingthe setting adjustment mode. speed changes.4-40 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • LHA1272 LHA1273 LHA1274Display settings: On-screen Clock: Clock adjust:To adjust the brightness or contrast of the display The clock is shown in the upper right corner of To adjust the time, perform the following steps:screen, press the ENTER/SETTINGS button until the screen. To turn this feature off or to re-enablethe chosen setting is displayed. Use the the clock display after it has been turned off, 1. Press the ENTER/SETTINGS button re-TUNE/SCROLL knob to adjust the display to the press the ENTER/SETTINGS button until the peatedly until the Clock Adjust mode is dis-desired level. On-screen Clock mode is displayed. Use the played on the screen. TUNE/SCROLL knob to toggle the feature on or 2. The hours will begin blinking. Adjust the hours off. by turning the TUNE/SCROLL knob left or right and press the ENTER/SETTINGS button. 3. The minutes will begin blinking. Adjust the minutes by turning the TUNE/SCROLL knob left or right and press the ENTER/SETTINGS button. Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-41
  • iPodா MENU button When the AUX button is pressed while the igni- SCAN tuning: tion switch is in the ACC or ON position, theThis button can only be used for iPodா opera- Press the SCAN button to stop at each broad- radio will come on at the station last played.tions. See “iPodா player operation without Navi- casting station for 5 seconds. SCAN will appeargation System (Type B)” in this section for details The last station played will also come on when on the screen while the radio is scan tuning.about the function of this button. the VOL/ON-OFF control knob is pressed to turn Pressing the button again during this 5 second the radio on.FM/AM/SAT radio operation period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will *When the AUX button is pressed, the satellite remain tuned to that station. If the SCAN button isFM·AM button: radio mode will be skipped unless an optional not pressed within 5 seconds, SCAN tuningPress the FM·AM button to change the band as satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an moves to the next station.follows: XMா satellite radio service subscription is active. 1 to 6 Station memory operations: Satellite radio is not available in Alaska, HawaiiAM → FM1 → FM2 → AM and Guam. Twelve stations can be set for the FM band (6 forIf another audio source is playing when the FM1, 6 for FM2) and six stations can be set for If a compact disc is playing when the AUX buttonFM·AM button is pressed, the audio source play- the AM band. is pressed, the compact disc will automatically being will automatically be turned off and the last turned off and the last radio station played will 1. Choose the radio band AM, FM1 or FM2radio station played will begin playing. come on. using the FM·AM select button.The FM stereo indicator (STEREO) is shown on TUNE/SCROLL knob (Tuning): 2. Tune to the desired station using manual,the screen during FM stereo reception. When the SEEK or SCAN tuning. Press and hold anystereo broadcast signal is weak, the radio auto- Turn the TUNE/SCROLL knob to the left or right of the desired station memory buttons (1 –matically changes from stereo to monaural re- for manual tuning. 6) until a beep sound is heard.ception. SEEK tuning: 3. The channel indicator will then come on andSAT band select: the sound will resume. Programming is now Press the SEEK buttons or to tune complete.Pressing the AUX button will change the band as from low to high or high to low frequencies and tofollows: stop at the next broadcasting station. 4. Other buttons can be set in the same man-AUX → XM1* → XM2* → AUX (satellite, if so ner.equipped)4-42 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse SEEK/CAT (Reverse oropens, the radio memory will be canceled. In thatcase, reset the desired stations. Fast Forward) buttons:Compact disc (CD) player operation Press and hold the SEEK/CAT buttonsIf the radio is already operating, it automatically or for 1.5 seconds while the compact discturns off and the compact disc begins to play. is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played. The compact disc plays at an in-CD button: creased speed while reversing or fast forwarding.When the CD button is pressed with the system When the button is released, the compact discoff and the compact disc loaded, the system will returns to normal play speed.turn on and the compact disc will start to play. SEEK/CAT buttons:When the CD button is pressed with a compactdisc loaded and the radio playing, the radio will LHA1275 Press the SEEK/CAT button while a CD orautomatically be turned off and the compact disc MP3/WMA CD is playing to return to the begin-will start to play. CD/MP3 display mode: ning of the current track. Press the SEEK/CAT While listening to an MP3/WMA CD, certain text button several times to skip backward sev- may be displayed on the screen if the CD has eral tracks. been encoded with text information. Depending on how the MP3/WMA CD is encoded, informa- Press the SEEK/CAT button while a CD or tion such as Artist, Song and Folder will be dis- MP3/WMA CD is playing to advance one track. played. Press the SEEK/CAT button several times The track number and the total number of tracks to skip forward several tracks. If the last track on in the current folder or on the current disc are a CD is skipped, the first track on the disc is displayed on the screen as well. For example, the played. If the last track in a folder of an first track out of fourteen total is currently playing. MP3/WMA CD is skipped, the first track of the next folder is played. Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-43
  • TUNE/SCROLL knob (MP3/WMA CD RDM button: plugged into the USB input jack in the centeronly): console. When a device is plugged into the AUX When the RDM button is pressed while a com- IN jack while another device is plugged into theIf an MP3/WMA CD with multiple folders is play- pact disc is playing, the play pattern can be USB input jack, the AUX button is used to toggleing, turn the TUNE/SCROLL knob to change changed as follows: between the two functions.folders. Turn the knob to the left to skip back a CD:folder. Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a For more information about the USB input jack,folder. 1 DISC RDM ←→ OFF see “USB interface” in this section.RPT button: CD with MP3 or WMA: EJECT button:When the RPT button is pressed while a com- 1 DISC RDM → 1 FOLDER RDM → OFF When the button is pressed with a com-pact disc is playing, the play pattern can be 1 DISC RDM: all tracks on the disc will be played pact disc loaded, the compact disc will eject andchanged as follows: randomly. the last source will be played.CD: 1 FOLDER RDM: all tracks in the current folder When the button is pressed twice with a will be played randomly. compact disc loaded, the compact disc will be1 TRK RPT ←→ OFF OFF: No random play pattern is applied. The ejected further for easier CD removal. If the discCD with MP3 or WMA: is not removed within 20 seconds, the disc will indicator on the display will turn off. reload.1 FOLDER RPT → 1 TRK RPT → OFF The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on1 TRK RPT: the current track will be repeated. the screen unless no pattern is applied. Additional features1 FOLDER RPT: the current folder will be re- AUX button: For more information about the iPodா player available with this system, see “iPodா player op-peated. The AUX IN jack is located on the CD player. The eration without Navigation System (Type B)” inOFF: No repeat play pattern is applied. The indi- AUX IN audio input jack accepts any standard this section.cator on the display will turn off. analog audio input such as from a portable cas- sette tape/CD player, MP3 player or a laptop For more information about the USB interfaceThe current play pattern of the CD is displayed on computer. available with this system, see “USB interfacethe screen unless no pattern is applied. (models without Navigation System)” in this sec- Press the AUX button to play a compatible device tion. plugged into the AUX IN jack. The AUX button is also used to switch the audio system to a source4-44 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • 11. SEEK/CATEGORY button 12. CD button 13. FM-AM button *No satellite radio reception is available when the XM button is pressed to ac- cess satellite radio stations unless op- tional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XMா satellite radio ser- vice subscription is active. Satellite ra- dio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam. FM/AM/SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC (CD) PLAYER (Type B) (if so equipped) For all operation precautions, see “Audio opera- tion precautions” in this section. Audio main operation VOL/ON·OFF control: LHA1473 Type B Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and push the VOL/ON·OFF control knob1. XM button 6. BACK button while the system is off to call up the mode (radio,2. CD insert slot 7. TUNE/SCROLL knob, AUDIO button CD, AUX, USB or iPodா) that was playing imme-3. Display screen 8. Station select (1 - 6) buttons diately before the system was turned off.4. CD eject button 9. AUX button To turn the system off, press the VOL/ON·OFF5. SETUP button 10. VOL/ON-OFF control knob control knob. Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-45
  • Turn the VOL/ON·OFF control knob to adjust thevolume.This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Vol-ume for audio. When this feature is active, theaudio volume changes as the driving speedchanges. LHA1486 LHA1487 Audio settings: Speed Volume: Controls the level to which the volume is adjusted Press the SETUP button to display the audio settings on the screen. These settings can also as the vehicle’s driving speed changes. Choose a be displayed by pressing the AUDIO button setting between 1 and 5 or choose 0 to disable (TUNE/SCROLL knob). Use the touchscreen to the feature entirely. adjust the following items to the desired setting: AUX Level: Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade: Controls the volume level of incoming sound Controls the sound of the audio system. Balance when an auxiliary device is connected to the adjusts the sound between the left and right system. Available options are Quiet, Medium and speakers. Fade adjusts the sound between the Loud. front and rear speakers.4-46 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • FM/AM/SAT radio operation *When the XM button is pressed, the satellite radio mode will be skipped unless an optionalFM·AM button: satellite receiver and antenna are installed and anPress the FM·AM button to change the band as XMா satellite radio service subscription is active.follows: Satellite radio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.AM → FM1 → FM2 → AM If a compact disc is playing when the XM buttonIf another audio source is playing when the is pressed, the compact disc will automatically beFM·AM button is pressed, the audio source play- turned off and the last radio station played willing will automatically be turned off and the last come on.radio station played will begin playing.The FM stereo indicator (ST) is shown on thescreen during FM stereo reception. When thestereo broadcast signal is weak, the radio auto- LHA1492matically changes from stereo to monaural re- While the radio is in XM mode, the operation canception. be controlled through the touchscreen. Touch the “Channels” key to display a list of channels.XM band select: Touch a channel displayed on the list to changePressing the XM button will change the band as to that channel. Touch the “Categories” key tofollows: display a list of categories. Touch a category displayed on the list to display options within thatXM1* → XM2* → XM3* → XM1* (satellite, if so category.equipped)When the XM button is pressed while the ignitionswitch is in the ACC or ON position, the radio willcome on at the last station played.The last station played will also come on whenthe VOL/ON-OFF control knob is pressed to turnthe radio on. Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-47
  • Tuning with the TUNE/SCROLL knob: 2. Tune to the desired station using manual or seek tuning. Press and hold any of the de- The radio can also be manually tuned using the sired station memory buttons (1 – 6) until a TUNE/SCROLL knob. When in FM or AM mode, beep sound is heard. turn the TUNE/SCROLL knob to the left for lower frequencies or to the right for higher frequencies. 3. The channel indicator will then come on and When in XM mode, turn the TUNE/SCROLL the sound will resume. Programming is now knob to change the channel. complete. SEEK tuning: 4. Other buttons can be set in the same man- ner. When in FM or AM mode, press the If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse SEEK/CATEGORY button or to opens, the radio memory will be canceled. In that case, reset the desired stations. tune from low to high or high to low frequencies LHA1489 and to stop at the next broadcasting station. Compact disc (CD) player operationTuning with the touchscreen: When in XM mode, press the SEEK/CATEGORY If the radio is already operating, it automaticallyWhen in AM or FM mode, the radio can be tuned button or to change the category. turns off and the compact disc begins to play.using the touchscreen. To bring up the visual CD button:tuner, touch the “Tune” key on the lower right 1 to 6 Station memory operations:corner of the screen. A screen appears with a bar Twelve stations can be set for the FM band (6 for When the CD button is pressed with the systemrunning from low frequencies on the left to high FM1, 6 for FM2) and six stations can be set for off and the compact disc loaded, the system willfrequencies on the right. Touch the screen at the the AM band. Eighteen stations can be set for the turn on and the compact disc will start to play.location of the frequency you wish to tune and the XM band (6 for XM1, 6 for XM2, 6 for XM3). When the CD button is pressed with a compactstation will change to that frequency. To return to disc loaded and the radio playing, the radio willthe regular radio display screen, touch the “OK” 1. Choose the radio band AM, FM1 or FM2 automatically be turned off and the compact disckey. using the FM·AM select button or choose will start to play. the radio band XM1, XM2 or XM3 using the XM button.4-48 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • LHA1488 LHA1490 LHA1491CD/MP3 display mode Random: Repeat: Touch the “Random” key to apply a random play Touch the “Repeat” key to apply a repeat playWhile listening to a CD or an MP3/WMA CD, pattern to the CD. When the random mode is pattern to the CD. When the repeat mode iscertain text may be displayed (when a CD en-coded with text is being used). Depending on active, the icon will be displayed to the left active, the icon will be displayed to the lefthow the CD or MP3/WMA CD is encoded, the of the song title. If an MP3 CD is playing, touch- of the song title. If an MP3 CD is playing, touch-text is displayed listing the artist, album and song ing “Random” alternates between randomly play- ing “Repeat” alternates between repeating thetitle. ing songs within the current folder and songs current song and repeating the current folder. from the CD as a whole. The icon is dis- The icon is displayed to the left of the songThere are other keys displayed on the screen played to the left of the song title or folder name title or folder name to denote which pattern iswhen a CD is playing: to denote which pattern is applied. To cancel applied. To cancel Repeat mode, touch the “Re- Random mode, touch the “Random” key until peat” key until no icon is displayed. no icon is displayed. Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-49
  • Browse: Press the SEEK/CATEGORY button whileTouch the “Browse” key to display the titles on a CD or MP3/WMA CD is playing to advancethe CD in list format. Touch the title of a song in one track. Press the SEEK/CATEGORYthe list to begin playing that song. If an MP3 CD is button several times to skip forward sev-playing, touching the “Browse” key will also list eral tracks. If the last track on a CD is skipped, thethe folders on the disc. Follow the procedure for first track on the disc is played. If the last track inselecting a song with the touchscreen to choose a folder of an MP3/WMA CD is skipped, the firsta folder. track of the next folder is played. SEEK/CATEGORY (Re- verse or Fast Forward) button:Press and hold the SEEK/CATEGORYbutton or for 1.5 seconds while the LHA1493compact disc is playing to reverse or fast forward AUX button:the track being played. The compact disc plays atan increased speed while reversing or fast for- The AUX IN jack is located in the center consolewarding. When the button is released, the com- next to the USB jack. The AUX IN audio input jackpact disc returns to normal play speed. accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cassette tape/CD player, MP3 SEEK/CATEGORY button: player or a laptop computer.Press the SEEK/CATEGORY button while Press the AUX button to play a compatible devicea CD or MP3/WMA CD is playing to return to the plugged into the AUX IN jack. The AUX button isbeginning of the current track. Press the also used to switch the audio system to a sourceSEEK/CATEGORY button several times plugged into the USB input jack in the centerto skip backward several tracks. console. When a device is plugged into the AUX IN jack while another device is plugged into the USB input jack, the AUX button is used to toggle between the two functions.4-50 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • For more information about the USB input jack, Audio file operationsee “USB interface” in this section. AUX button: EJECT button: Place the ignition switch in the ON or ACCWhen the button is pressed with a com- position and press the AUX button to switch topact disc loaded, the compact disc will eject and the USB input mode. If another audio source isthe last source will be played. plugged in through the AUX IN jack on the radio, the AUX button toggles between the twoWhen the button is pressed twice with a sources.compact disc loaded, the compact disc will beejected further for easier CD removal. If the discis not removed within 10 seconds, the disc willreload.Additional features WHA1358For more information about the iPodா player USB INTERFACE (models withoutavailable with this system, see “iPodா player op- Navigation System) (if so equipped)eration with Navigation System” in this section.For more information about the USB interface Connecting a device to the USB inputavailable with this system, see “USB interface jack(models with Navigation System)” in this section. The USB input jack is located in the center con- sole. Open the protective cover ᭺ on the USB 1 jack, then insert the USB device into the jack ᭺. 2 When a compatible storage device is plugged into the jack, compatible audio files on the stor- age device can be played through the vehicle’s audio system. Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-51
  • SEEK/CAT (Reverse or ALL RDM → 1 FOLDER RDM → OFF Fast Forward) buttons: ALL RDM: all tracks on the USB device will be played randomly. Press and hold the SEEK/CAT buttons or for 1.5 seconds while an audio file on 1 FOLDER RDM: all tracks in the current folder the USB device is playing to reverse or fast will be played randomly. forward the track being played. The track plays at OFF: No random play pattern is applied. The an increased speed while reversing or fast for- indicator on the display will turn off. warding. When the button is released, the audio file returns to normal play speed. The current play pattern of the USB device is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is SEEK/CAT buttons: applied. Press the SEEK/CAT button while an au- RPT button: LHA1280 dio file on the USB device is playing to return to When the RPT button is pressed while an audioPlay information the beginning of the current track. Press the file on the USB device is playing, the play patternInformation about the audio files being played SEEK/CAT button several times to skip can be changed as follows:can be displayed on the display screen of the backward several tracks. 1 FOLDER RPT → 1 TRACK RPT → OFFvehicle’s audio system. Depending on how the Press the SEEK/CAT button while an au-audio files are encoded, information such as 1 TRACK RPT: the current track will be repeated. dio file on the USB device is playing to advanceFolder, Song and Artist will be displayed. 1 FOLDER RPT: the current folder will be re- one track. Press the SEEK/CAT buttonThe track number and number of total tracks in several times to skip forward several tracks. If the peated.the folder are displayed on the screen as well. For last track in a folder on the USB device is OFF: No repeat play pattern is applied. The indi-example, the fourth track out of twelve total is skipped, the first track of the next folder is played. cator on the display will turn off.currently playing. RDM button: The current play pattern of the USB device is When the RDM button is pressed while an audio displayed on the screen unless no pattern is file on the USB device is playing, the play pattern applied. can be changed as follows:4-52 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • TUNE/SCROLL knob: Audio file operationIf there are multiple folders with audio files on the AUX button:USB device, turn the TUNE/SCROLL knob tochange folders. Turn the knob to the left to skip Place the ignition switch in the ON or ACCback a folder. Turn the knob to the right to skip position and press the AUX button to switch toahead a folder. If there is only one folder of audio the USB input mode. If another audio source isfiles on the USB device, turning the playing and a USB memory device is inserted,TUNE/SCROLL knob in either direction will re- press the AUX button repeatedly until the centerturn to the first track on the USB device. display changes to the USB memory mode. If the system has been turned off while the USB memory was playing, push the ON-OFF/VOL control knob to restart the USB memory. LHA1500 USB INTERFACE (models with Navigation System) Connecting a device to the USB input jack The USB input jack is located in the center con- sole. Open the protective cover ᭺ on the USB 1 jack, then insert the USB device into the jack. When a compatible storage device is plugged into the jack, compatible audio files on the stor- age device can be played through the vehicle’s audio system. Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-53
  • Press the SEEK/CATEGORY button while Repeat: an audio file on the USB device is playing to Touch the “Repeat” key to apply a repeat play advance one track. Press the SEEK/CATEGORY pattern to the USB device. When the repeat button several times to skip forward sev- mode is active, the icon is displayed to the eral tracks. If the last track in a folder on the USB left of the song title or album name to denote device is skipped, the first track of the next folder which repeat pattern is applied. To cancel Repeat is played. mode, touch the “Repeat” key until no icon is displayed. Press and hold the SEEK/CATEGORY button or for 1.5 seconds while an audio file on the USB device is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played. The track plays at an increased speed while reversing or LHA1496 fast forwarding. When the button is released, the audio file returns to normal play speed.Play information: Random and repeat play mode:Information about the audio files being played isshown on the display screen of the vehicle’s While files on a USB device are playing, the playaudio system. Touch “Browse” to display the list pattern can be altered so that songs are repeatedof folders and files on the USB device. Touch the or played randomly.name of a song on the screen to begin playing Random:that song. Touch the “Random” key to apply a random play SEEK/CATEGORY button: pattern to the USB device. When the random mode is active, the icon is displayed to thePress the SEEK/CATEGORY button while left of the song title or album name to denotean audio file on the USB device is playing to which random pattern is applied. To cancel Ran-return to the beginning of the current track. Press dom mode, touch the “Random” key untilthe SEEK/CATEGORY button several no icon is displayed.times to skip backward several tracks.4-54 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • While connected to the vehicle, the iPodா can Audio main operation only be operated by the vehicle audio controls. iPodா button: To disconnect the cable from the vehicle outlet, fully depress the center connector button to un- Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON latch the connector and pull the connector position and press the iPodா button to switch to straight out of the outlet. To disconnect the cable the iPodா mode. from the iPodா, fully depress the side connector If another audio source is playing and the iPodா is buttons and pull the iPodா connector straight out connected, press the iPodா button to switch to of the iPodா. the iPodா mode. * iPodா is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in If the system is turned off while the iPodா is the U.S. and other countries. playing, the iPodா will start when the PWR button is pressed. Compatibility WHA1355 Top menu item selecting: The following models are compatible:iPodா* PLAYER OPERATION Press the iPodா MENU button while the iPodா isWITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM ● iPodா Classic - 1st through 6th generation connected to show the interface for iPodா opera-(Type A) (if so equipped) ● iPodா Mini - 1st and 2nd generation tion on the audio display. The items can be cho- sen from the menu list screen by pressing theConnecting iPodா ● iPodா Nano - 1st through 3rd generation SEEK button or while the iPodா isThe iPodா outlet connector is located on the ● iPodா Touch - 1st generation operational. The display pattern can be changedcenter console. Your vehicle is equipped with the ● iPhoneா - 1st generation as follows:specialized cable for connecting the iPodா toyour vehicle audio unit. To connect the iPodா, first Make sure that your iPodா firmware is updated to Playlists → Artists → Albums → Songs → Pod-open the protective cover from the connector in the version indicated above. casts → Genres → Composers → Audiobooksthe center console ᭺. Next, connect one end of 1 For more information about each item, see thethe iPodா cable to the iPodா and the other end of iPodா owner’s manual.the cable to the connector in the center console᭺. If compatible, the battery of your iPodா is 2charged during the connection to the vehicle. Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-55
  • ENTER and BACK buttons: When the TUNE/FF-REW/FOLDER button isPress the ENTER button while the top menu is pressed or for less than 1.5 sec-displayed to show program details on the audio onds while the iPodா is playing, the next track or the beginning of the current track on the iPodாdisplay. Use the SEEK buttons or to will be played.scroll through the choices and press the ENTERbutton to make a selection. Press the BACK SCAN/RPT button:button to return to the previous display. Press the SCAN/RPT button while a track isiPodா play information: playing to change the play pattern as follows:Press the DISP TEXT button for less than 1.5 Excluding Podcast and Audiobook:seconds while a program is playing to change the ALL RPT → TRK RPT → ALL RDM → ALBUMdisplayed program information as follows: RDMExcluding Podcast: Podcast: WHA1358Album Title → Artist Name → Song Title → ALL RPT ←→ TRK RPT iPodா* PLAYER OPERATIONNormal Mode For more information about Podcasts, see the WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEMPodcast: iPodா owner’s manual. (Type B) (if so equipped)Album Title → Song Title → Normal Mode Audiobook: Connecting iPodாFor more information about Podcasts, see the NORMAL → FAST → SLOWiPodா owner’s manual. To connect an iPodா to the vehicle so that the iPodா can be controlled with the audio systemTUNE/FF-REW/FOLDER button: controls and display screen, use the USB jackWhen the TUNE/FF-REW/FOLDER button is located in the center console. Open the protec- tive cover ᭺ on the USB jack in the center 1pressed or for more than 1.5 sec- console. Then connect the iPodா-specific end ofonds while the iPodா is playing, the iPodா will the cable to the iPodா and the USB end of theplay while fast forwarding or reversing. When thebutton is released, the iPodா will return to the cable to the USB jack ᭺ on the vehicle. When 2normal play speed. the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position,4-56 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • the battery of your iPodா (if compatible) is Make sure that your iPodா firmware is updated to ● Artistscharged during the connection to the vehicle. the version indicated above. ● AlbumsWhile connected to the vehicle, the iPodா can Audio main operation ● Songsonly be operated by the vehicle audio controls. AUX button: ● PodcastsTo disconnect the iPodா from the vehicle, removethe USB end of the cable from the USB jack on Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON ● Genresthe vehicle, then remove the cable from the position and press the AUX button repeatedly until the iPodா mode is displayed on the screen. ● ComposersiPodா. If another audio source is playing and the iPodா is ● Audiobooks* iPodா is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered inthe U.S. and other countries. connected, press the AUX button repeatedly to ● ShuffleSongs switch to the iPodா mode.Compatibility SEEK/CAT buttons: If the vehicle audio system is turned off while theThe following models are compatible: iPodா is playing, the iPodா will start when the Press the SEEK/CAT buttons or to VOL/ON-OFF control knob is pressed. ● iPodா 5th Generation version 1.2.3 skip backward or forward one track. Interface: ● iPodா Classic - version 1.1 Press and hold the SEEK/CAT buttons The interface for iPodா operation shown on the ● iPodா Touch - version 2.1* or for 1.5 seconds while a track is playing vehicle’s audio system display screen is similar to to reverse or fast forward the track being played. ● iPodா Nano - 1st generation version 1.3.1 the iPodா interface. Use the TUNE/SCROLL knob and ENTER button to navigate the menus The track plays at an increased speed while ● iPodா Nano - 2nd generation version 1.1.3 on the screen. The iPodா MENU button on the reversing or fast forwarding. When the button is vehicle audio system is used to move up one level released, the track returns to normal play speed. ● iPodா Nano - 3rd generation version 1.0.2 in the iPodா menus. RPT button: ● iPodா Nano - 4th generation version 1.0.4 Depending on the iPodா model, the following Press the RPT button while a track is playing to ● iPodா Nano - 5th generation version 1.0.1 items may be available on the menu list screen. change the play pattern as follows: For further information about each item, see the* Some features of this iPodா may not be fully iPodா Owner’s Manual. 1 TRK RPT → ALL RPT → RPT OFFfunctional. ● Playlists 1 TRK RPT: the current track will be repeated. Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-57
  • ALL RPT: all songs in the current list are re- tery will be charged while connected to the ve-peated. hicle with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position.RPT OFF: no repeat play pattern is applied. While connected to the vehicle, the iPodா canRDM button: only be operated by the vehicle audio controls.Press the RDM button while a track is playing to To disconnect the iPodா from the vehicle, removechange the play pattern as follows: the USB end of the cable from the USB jack onTRK SHUFFLE → ALBUM SHUFFLE → the vehicle, then remove the cable from theSHUFFLE OFF iPodா.TRK SHUFFLE: the tracks in the current list will * iPodா is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered inbe played randomly. the U.S. and other countries.ALBUM SHUFFLE: the albums in the current list Compatibilitywill be played randomly. LHA1500 The following models are compatible:SHUFFLE OFF: no random play pattern is ap- iPodா* PLAYER OPERATION WITHplied. ● iPodா Classic - 5th generation NAVIGATION SYSTEM (if so equipped) ● iPodா Nano - 1st through 2nd generation Make sure that your iPodா firmware is updated to Connecting iPodா the version indicated above. To connect an iPodா to the vehicle so that the iPodா can be controlled with the audio system controls and display screen, use the USB jack located in the center console. Open the protec- tive cover on the USB jack in the center console and then connect the iPodா-specific end of the cable to the iPodா and the USB end of the cable to the USB jack on the vehicle ᭺. If your iPodா 1 supports charging via a USB connection, its bat-4-58 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • ● Playlists ● Artists ● Albums ● Genres ● Songs ● Composers ● Audiobooks ● Podcasts SEEK/CATEGORY button: LHA1494 LHA1495 Press the SEEK/CATEGORY buttonAudio main operation Interface: or to skip backward or forward one track.AUX button: The interface for iPodா operation shown on the Press and hold the SEEK/CATEGORY vehicle’s audio system display screen is similar toPlace the ignition switch in the ACC or ON the iPodா interface. Use the touchscreen, button or for 1.5 seconds while aposition and press the AUX button repeatedly BACK button or the TUNE/SCROLL knob to track is playing to reverse or fast forward the trackuntil the iPodா mode is displayed on the screen. navigate the menus on the screen. being played. The track plays at an increasedIf another audio source is playing and the iPodா is speed while reversing or fast forwarding. When When the iPodா is playing, touch the “Menu” key the button is released, the track returns to normalconnected, press the AUX button repeatedly to to bring up the iPodா interface.switch to the iPodா mode. play speed. Depending on the iPodா model, the following Random and repeat play mode:If the vehicle audio system is turned off while the items may be available on the menu list screen.iPodா is playing, the iPodா will start when the For further information about each item, see the While the iPodா is playing, the play pattern canVOL/ON-OFF control knob is pressed. iPodா Owner’s Manual. be altered so that songs are repeated or played randomly. Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-59
  • Random: ● A new disc may be rough on the inner andTouch the “Random” key to apply a random play outer edges. Remove the rough edges bypattern to the iPodா. When the random mode is rubbing the inner and outer edges with theactive, the icon is displayed to the left of side of a pen or pencil as illustrated.the song title or album name to denote whichrandom pattern is applied. To cancel Randommode, touch the “Random” key until noicon is displayed.Repeat:Touch the “Repeat” key to apply a repeat playpattern to the iPodா. When the repeat mode isactive, the icon is displayed to the left ofthe song title or album name to denote whichrepeat pattern is applied. To cancel Repeat LHA0049mode, touch the “Repeat” key until no iconis displayed. CD CARE AND CLEANING ● Handle a CD by its edges. Do not bend the disc. Never touch the surface of the disc. ● Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used. ● To clean a disc, wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean, soft cloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion. ● Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use.4-60 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • POWER on/off switch If you have the Type A switch, with the ignition switch placed in the ACC or ON position, push the POWER switch to turn the audio system on or off. If you have the Type B switch, with the ignition switch placed in the ACC or ON position, push the MODE switch to turn the audio system on. MODE select switch (models without Navigation System) Push the MODE select switch to change the LHA0692 WHA0693 mode in the following sequence: Type A Type B AM → FM* → SAT** (if so equipped) → CD*** →1. Tuning switch 1. Tuning switch USB/iPod*** (if so equipped) → AUX*** → AM2. MODE select switch 2. Phone operation switch * When using the MODE switch, the audio mode3. POWER on/off switch 3. POWER on and MODE select switch switches to the FM preset bank (FM1 or FM2)4. Volume control switch 4. Volume control switch that was last active. To switch between the FM1 STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR and FM2 preset banks, use the controls on the AUDIO CONTROL (if so equipped) audio system. The audio system can be operated using the ** When using the MODE switch, the audio mode controls on the steering wheel. switches to the XM preset bank (XM1 or XM2) that was last active. To switch between the XM1 and XM2 preset banks, use the controls on the audio system. *** These modes are only available when compat- ible media is connected to the system. Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-61
  • MODE select switch (models with TuningNavigation System) Memory change (radio):Push the MODE select switch to change themode in the following sequence: Push the tuning switch ( or ) for less than 1.5 seconds to change presets.AM/FM* → XM** → CD*** → USB/AUX*** →AM/FM* Seek tuning (radio):* When using the MODE switch, the audio mode Push the tuning switch ( or ) for moreswitches to the preset bank (AM, FM1 or FM2) than 1.5 seconds to seek the next or previousthat was last active. To switch between the AM, radio station.FM1 and FM2 preset banks, use the controls onthe audio system. Next/Previous track (CD):** When using the MODE switch, the audio mode Push the tuning switch or for less LHA0709switches to the XM preset bank (XM1, XM2 or than 1.5 seconds to return to the beginning of the present track or skip to the next track. Push ANTENNAXM3) that was last active. To switch between theXM preset banks, use the controls on the audio several times to skip back or skip through tracks. The antenna cannot be shortened, but can besystem. removed. When you need to remove the antenna, turn the antenna rod counterclockwise ᭺. B*** These modes are only available when compat-ible media is connected to the system. To install the antenna rod, turn the antenna rod clockwise ᭺ and hand tighten. AVolume control switch CAUTIONPush the volume control switch up or down toincrease or decrease the volume. Always properly tighten the antenna rod during installation or the antenna rod may break during vehicle operation.4-62 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO BLUETOOTHா HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM (if so equipped)When installing a CB, ham radio or car phone in CAUTION WARNINGyour NISSAN, be sure to observe the followingprecautions; otherwise, the new equipment may ● Keep the antenna as far away as pos- ● Use a phone after stopping your vehicleadversely affect the engine control system and sible from the electronic control in a safe location. If you have to use aother electronic parts. modules. phone while driving, exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may ● Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in WARNING be given to vehicle operation. (20 cm) away from the electronic con-● A cellular telephone should not be used trol system harnesses. Do not route the ● If you are unable to devote full attention for any purpose while driving so full antenna wire next to any harness. to vehicle operation while talking on attention may be given to vehicle op- the phone, pull off the road to a safe ● Adjust the antenna standing-wave ratio eration. Some jurisdictions prohibit the location and stop your vehicle. as recommended by the manufacturer. use of cellular telephones while driving. ● Connect the ground wire from the CB CAUTION● If you must make a call while your ve- radio chassis to the body. hicle is in motion, the hands free cellu- To avoid discharging the vehicle battery, lar phone operational mode (if so ● For details, consult a NISSAN dealer. use a phone after starting the engine. equipped) is highly recommended. Ex- ercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation.● If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone, pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle. Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-63
  • phone module when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with the previously connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the ve- hicle. You can connect up to 5 different Bluetoothா cellular phones to the in-vehicle phone module. However, you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time. Before using the Bluetoothா Hands-Free Phone System, refer to the following notes. ● Set up the wireless connection between a cellular phone and the in-vehicle phone module before using the hands-free phone system. ● Some Bluetoothா enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in-vehicle phone module. Please visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for a recom- mended phone list and connecting instruc- tions. ● You will not be able to use a hands-free WHA1356 phone under the following conditions:Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetoothா make or receive a hands-free telephone call withHands-Free Phone System. If you have a com- your cellular phone in the vehicle. – Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser-patible Bluetoothா enabled cellular phone, you vice area. Once your cellular phone is connected to thecan set up the wireless connection between your in-vehicle phone module, no other phone con-cellular phone and the in-vehicle phone module. necting procedure is required. Your phone isWith Bluetoothா wireless technology, you can automatically connected with the in-vehicle4-64 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • – Your vehicle is in an area where it is ● Some cellular phones or other devices may interference, including interference that may difficult to receive a cellular signal; such cause interference or a buzzing noise to cause undesired operation of the device. as in a tunnel, in an underground parking come from the audio system speakers. Stor- – This Class B digital apparatus meets all re- garage, near a tall building or in a moun- ing the device in a different location may quirements of the Canadian Interference- tainous area. reduce or eliminate the noise. Causing Equipment Regulations. – Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it ● Refer to the cellular phone Owner’s Manual from being dialed. regarding the telephone charges, cellular BLUETOOTH௡ is a● When the radio wave condition is not ideal phone antenna and body, etc. trademark owned by or ambient sound is too loud, it may be REGULATORY INFORMATION Bluetooth SIG, Inc., difficult to hear the other person’s voice dur- U.S.A. and licensed ing a call. FCC Regulatory information to Visteon.● Do not place the cellular phone in an area – CAUTION: To maintain compliance with surrounded by metal or far away from the FCC’s RF exposure guidelines, use only the USING THE SYSTEM supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna, in-vehicle phone module to prevent tone The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows modification, or attachments could damage quality degradation and wireless connection hands-free operation of the Bluetoothா Phone the transmitter and may violate FCC regula- disruption. tions. System.● While a cellular phone is connected through – Operation is subject to the following two con- If the vehicle is in motion, some commands may the Bluetoothா wireless connection, the bat- ditions: not be available so full attention may be given to tery power of the cellular phone may dis- vehicle operation. charge quicker than usual. The Bluetoothா 1. This device may not cause interference and Hands-Free Phone System cannot charge 2. this device must accept any interference, Initialization cellular phones. including interference that may cause unde- When the ignition switch is placed in the ON● If the hands-free phone system seems to be sired operation of the device. position, NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized, malfunctioning, see “Troubleshooting guide” IC Regulatory information which takes a few seconds. If the button is later in this section. You can also visit pressed before the initialization completes, the – Operation is subject to the following two con- www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for trouble- system will announce “Hands-free phone system ditions: (1) this device may not cause interfer- shooting help. ence, and (2) this device must accept any not ready” and will not react to voice commands. Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-65
  • Operating tips ● If a command is not recognized, the system ● To use the system faster, you may speak the announces, “Command not recognized. second level commands with the main menuTo get the best performance out of the NISSAN Please try again.” Repeat the command in a command on the main menu. For example,Voice Recognition system, observe the following: clear voice. press the button and after the tone ● Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as ● If you want to go back to the previous com- say, “Call Redial.” possible. Close the windows to eliminate mand, you can say “Go back” or “Correc- surrounding noises (traffic noises, vibration NOTE: tion” any time the system is waiting for a sounds, etc.), which may prevent the system response. The combined command of Call and (a from recognizing voice commands correctly. Name) cannot be used. ● Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a ● You can cancel a command when the sys- command. Otherwise, the command will not tem is waiting for a response by saying, How to say numbers be received properly. “Cancel” or “Quit.” The system announces NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain “Cancel” and ends the VR session. You can ● Start speaking a command within 5 seconds also press and hold the button on the way to speak numbers in voice commands. Refer after the tone sounds. to the following rules and examples. steering wheel for 5 seconds at any time to ● Speak in a natural voice without pausing end the VR session. Whenever the VR ses- ● Either “zero” or “oh” can be used for “0”. between words. sion is cancelled, a double beep is played to Example: 1-800-662-6200 indicate you have exited the system.Giving voice commands – “One eight oh oh six six two six two oh ● If you want to adjust the volume of the voice oh”, orTo operate NISSAN Voice Recognition, press feedback, press the volume control switchesand release the button located on the (+ or -) on the steering wheel while being – “One eight zero zero six six two six two ohsteering wheel. After the tone sounds, speak a provided with feedback. You can also use oh”command. the radio volume control knob. ● Words can be used for the first 4 digitsThe command given is picked up by the micro- ● In most cases you can interrupt the voice places only.phone, and voice feedback is given when thecommand is accepted. feedback to speak the next command by Example: 1-800-662-6200 pressing the button on the steering ● If you need to hear the available commands wheel. – “One eight hundred six six two six two oh for the current menu again, say “Help” and oh”, the system will repeat them.4-66 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • – NOT “One eight hundred six six two sixty ● Say “plus” for “+” (available only when using two hundred,” and the “Special number” command). – NOT “One eight oh oh six six two sixty two ● Say “pause” for a 2-second pause (available hundred” only when storing a phone book number).● Numbers can be spoken in small groups. NOTE: The system will prompt you to continue en- tering digits, if desired. For best results, say phone numbers as single digits. Example: 1-800-662-6200 The voice command “Help” is available at any – “One eight zero zero” time. Please use the “Help” command to get information on how to use the system. The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more. LHA0707 – “six six two” CONTROL BUTTONS The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more. The control buttons for the Bluetoothா Hands- Free Phone System are located on the steering – “six two zero zero” wheel.● Say “pound” for “#”. Say “star” for “*” (avail- PHONE/SEND able when using the “Special Number” com- mand and the “Send” command during a Press the button to initiate a call). VR session or answer an incoming call. See “List of voice commands” and “Special number” in this section for more information. Example: 1-555-1212 *123 – “One five five five one two one two star one two three” Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-67
  • You can also use the button Choosing a language NOTE: to interrupt the system feedback You can interact with the Bluetoothா Hands-Free You must press the button within 5 and give a command at once. See Phone System using English, Spanish or French. seconds to change the language. “List of voice commands” and To change the language, perform the following. 5. If you decide not to change the language, do “During a call” in this section for not press either button. After 5 seconds, the more information. 1. Press and hold the button for more VR session will end, and the language will than 5 seconds. not be changed. PHONE/END 2. The system announces: “Press the While the voice recognition system Connecting procedure PHONE/SEND ( ) button for the is active, press and hold the hands-free phone system to enter the voice NOTE: button for 5 seconds to quit the adaptation mode or press the PHONE/END voice recognition system at any ( ) button to select a different lan- The connecting procedure must be per- time. guage.” formed when the vehicle is stationary. If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure, 3. Press the button. the procedure will be cancelled. TUNING SWITCH While using the voice recognition For information on voice adaptation, see Main Menu system, tilt the tuning switch up or “Voice Adaptation (VA) mode” in this sec- “Connect phone” ᭺ A tion. down to manually control the “Add phone” ᭺ B phone system. 4. The system announces the current language Initiate from handset ᭺ C and gives you the option to change the lan-GETTING STARTED guage to Spanish (in Spanish) or French (in Name phone ᭺ DThe following procedures will help you get French). To select the current language, 1. Press the button on the steeringstarted using the Bluetoothா Hands-Free Phone press the PHONE/SEND ( ) button. To wheel. The system announces the availableSystem with NISSAN Voice Recognition. For ad- select a different language, tilt the tuning commands.ditional command options, refer to “List of voicecommands” in this section. switch ( or ) up or down. 2. Say: “Connect phone” ᭺. The system ac- A knowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands.4-68 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • 3. Say: “Add phone” ᭺. The system acknowl- B Making a call by entering a phone four” as the 3rd group. For dialing more than edges the command and asks you to initiate number 10 digits or any special characters, say connecting from the phone handset ᭺. C “Special Number”. See “How to say num- Main Menu bers” in this section for more information. The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular “Call” ᭺ A 5. When you have finished speaking the phone phone model. See the cellular phone Own- “Phone Number” ᭺ B number, the system repeats it back and an- nounces the available commands. er’s Manual for details. You can also visit Speak the digits ᭺ C www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for instruc- 6. Say: “Dial” ᭺. The system acknowledges D tions on connecting NISSAN recommended “Dial” ᭺ D the command and makes the call. cellular phones. 1. Press the button on the steering For additional command options, see “List of When prompted for a Passkey code, enter wheel. A tone will sound. voice commands” in this section. “1234” from the handset. The Passkey code 2. Say: “Call” ᭺. The system acknowledges A Receiving a call “1234” has been assigned by NISSAN and the command and announces the next set of cannot be changed. available commands. When you hear the ring tone, press the4. The system asks you to say a name for the 3. Say “Phone Number” ᭺. The system ac- B button on the steering wheel. phone ᭺. D knowledges the command and announces Once the call has ended, press the button the next set of available commands. on the steering wheel. If the name is too long or too short, the system tells you, then prompts you for a Say: “Special Number” to dial more than 10 name again. digits or any special characters. NOTE: 4. Say the number you wish to call starting with If you do not wish to take the call when you Also, if more than one phone is connected and the name sounds too much like a name the area code in single digit format ᭺. If the C hear the ring tone, press the button already used, the system tells you, then system has trouble recognizing the correct on the steering wheel. prompts you for a name again. phone number, try entering the number in For additional command options, see “List of the following groups: 3-digit area code, voice commands” later in this section. 3-digit prefix and the last 4-digits. For ex- ample, 555-121-3354 can be said as “five five five” as the 1st group, then “one two one” as the 2nd group, and “three three five Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-69
  • LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS “Call” (Speak Digits) ᭺ B Main Menu Main Menu When prompted by the system, say the number you wish to call. Refer to “How to say numbers” “Call” “Call” and “Making a call by entering a phone number” “Phonebook” (Speak name) ᭺ A in this section for more details. “Recent Calls” “Phone Number” “Special Number” ᭺ C “Connect Phone” (Speak Digits) ᭺ B For dialing more than 10 digits or any special “Special Number” ᭺ C characters, say “Special Number”. When theWhen you press and release the button onthe steering wheel, you can choose from the “Redial” ᭺ D system acknowledges the command, the systemcommands on the Main Menu. The following “Call Back” ᭺ E will prompt you to speak the number.pages describe these commands and the com- “Redial” ᭺ Dmands in each sub-menu. (Speak name) ᭺ A Use the Redial command to call the last numberRemember to wait for the tone before If you have stored entries in the phonebook, you that was dialed.speaking. can dial a number associated with a name and location. The system acknowledges the command, re-After the main menu, you can say “Help” to hear peats the number and begins dialing.the list of commands currently available any time See “Phonebook” in this section to learn how tothe system is waiting for a response. store entries. If a redial number does not exist, the system announces, “There is no number to redial” andIf you want to end an action without completing it, When prompted by the system, say the name of ends the VR session.you can say “Cancel” or “Quit” at any time the the phone book entry you wish to call. The systemsystem is waiting for a response. The system will acknowledges the name. “Call Back” ᭺ Eend the VR session. Whenever the VR session is If there are multiple locations associated with the Use the Call Back command to dial the number ofcancelled, a double beep is played to indicate name, the system asks you to choose the loca- the last incoming call within the vehicle.you have exited the system. tion. The system acknowledges the command, re-If you want to go back to the previous command, Once you have confirmed the name and location, peats the number and begins dialing.you can say “Go back” or “Correction” any time the system begins the call.the system is waiting for a response.4-70 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • If a call back number does not exist, the system ● “Transfer call” — Use the Transfer Call com- “Phonebook” (phones withoutannounces, “There is no number to call back” and mand to transfer the call from the Bluetoothா automatic phonebook downloadends the VR session. Hands-Free Phone System to the cellular phone when privacy is desired. function)During a call The system announces, “Transfer call. Call NOTE:During a call there are several command options transferred to privacy mode.” The systemavailable. Press the button on the steering then ends the VR session. The “Transfer Entry” command is not avail-wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter com- able when the vehicle is moving. To reconnect the call from the cellular phonemands. Main Menu to the Bluetoothா Hands-Free System, ● “Help” — The system announces the avail- press the button. “Phonebook” able commands. ● “Mute” — Use the Mute command to mute “Transfer Entry” ᭺ A ● “Go back/Correction” — The system an- your voice so the other party cannot hear it. “Delete Entry” ᭺ B Use the mute command again to unmute nounces “Go back,” ends the VR session “List Names” ᭺ C and returns to the call. your voice. For phones that do not support automatic down- ● “Cancel/Quit” — The system announces NOTE: load of the phonebook (PBAP Bluetoothா pro- “Cancel,” ends the VR session and returns file), the “Phonebook” command is used to manu- to the call. If a call is ended or the cellular phone network connection is lost while the Mute ally add entries to the vehicle phonebook. ● “Send/Enter/Call/Dial” — Use the Send feature is on, the Mute feature will be reset The phonebook stores up to 40 names for each command to enter numbers, “*” or “#” during to “off” for the next call so the other party phone connected to the system. a call. For example, if you were directed to can hear your voice. dial an extension by an automated system: NOTE: Say: “Send one two three four.” Each phone has its own separate phone- book. You cannot access Phone A’s phone- The system acknowledges the command book if you are currently connected with and sends the tones associated with the Phone B. numbers. The system then ends the VR ses- sion and returns to the call. Say “star” for “*”, Say “pound” for “#”. Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-71
  • “Transfer Entry” ᭺ A Manual for details. You can also visit “Phonebook” (phones with automatic www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for instructions phonebook download function)Use the Transfer Entry command to store a new on transferring phone numbers from NISSANname in the system. recommended cellular phones. NOTE:When prompted by the system, say the name youwould like to give the new entry. The system repeats the number and prompts you The “Transfer Entry” command is not avail- for the next command. When you have finished able when the vehicle is moving. For example, say: “Mary.” entering numbers or transferring an entry, chooseIf the name is too long or too short, the system “Store.” Main Menutells you, then prompts you for a name again. The system confirms the name, location and “Phonebook”Also, if the name sounds too much like a name number. Speak a Namealready stored, the system tells you, then promptsyou for a name again. “Delete Entry” ᭺ B “List Names” ᭺ A “Record Name” ᭺ BThe system will ask you to transfer a phone Use the Delete Entry command to erase onenumber stored in the cellular phone’s memory. entry from the phonebook. After the system rec- For phones that support automatic download of the ognizes the command, speak the name to delete phonebook (PBAP Bluetoothா profile), theEnter a phone number by voice command: or say “List Names” to choose an entry. “Phonebook” command is used to manage entriesFor example, say: “five five five one two one two.”See “How to say numbers” in this section for “List Names” ᭺ C in the vehicle phonebook. You can say the name of an entry at this menu to initiate dialing of that entry.more information. Use the List Names command to hear all the names in the phonebook. The phonebook stores up to 1000 names forTo transfer a phone number stored in the cellular each phone connected to the system.phone’s memory: The system recites the phonebook entries but does not include the actual phone numbers. When a phone is connected to the system, theSay “Transfer entry.” The system acknowledges When the playback of the list is complete, the phonebook is automatically downloaded to thethe command and asks you to initiate the transfer system goes back to the main menu. vehicle. This feature allows you to access yourfrom the phone handset. The new contact phone phonebook from the Bluetoothா system and callnumber will be transferred from the cellular You can stop the playback of the list at any time contacts by name. You can record a customphone via the Bluetoothா communication link. by pressing the button on the steering voice tag for contact names that the system hasThe transfer procedure varies according to each wheel. The system ends the VR session. difficulty recognizing. For more information seecellular phone. See the cellular phone Owner’s “Record name” in this section.4-72 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • NOTE: “Recent Calls” “Connect Phone”Each phone has its own separate phone- Main Menubook. You cannot access Phone A’s phone- NOTE:book if you are currently connected with “Recent Calls” The Add Phone command is not availablePhone B. “Outgoing” ᭺ A when the vehicle is moving.“List Names” ᭺ A “Incoming” ᭺ B Main Menu “Missed” ᭺ CUse the List Names command to hear all the “Connect Phone”names and locations in the phone book. Use the Recent Calls command to access out- “Add Phone” ᭺ A going, incoming or missed calls.The system recites the phone book entries but “Select Phone” ᭺ Bdoes not include the actual phone numbers. “Outgoing” ᭺ A “Delete Phone” ᭺ CWhen the playback of the list is complete, thesystem goes back to the main menu. Use the Outgoing command to list the outgoing “Turn Bluetooth OFF” ᭺ D calls made from the vehicle.You can stop the playback of the list at any time by Use the Connect Phone commands to manage “Incoming” ᭺ B the phones connecting to the vehicle or to enablepressing the button on the steering wheel.The system ends the VR session. See the “Record Use the Incoming command to list the incoming the Bluetoothா function on the vehicle.name” command in this section for information calls made to the vehicle. “Add Phone” ᭺ A “Missed” ᭺about recording custom voice tags for list entries Cthat the system has difficulty pronouncing. Use the Add Phone command to add a phone to Use the Missed command to list the calls made to the vehicle. See “Connecting procedure” in this“Record Name” ᭺ B section for more information. the vehicle that were not answered.The system allows you to record custom voice “Select Phone” ᭺ Btags for contact names in the phonebook that thevehicle has difficulty recognizing. This feature can Use the Select Phone command to select from aalso be used to record voice tags to directly dial list of phones connected to the vehicle. The sys-an entry with multiple numbers. Up to 40 voice tem will list the names assigned to each phonetags can be recorded to the system. and then prompt you for the phone you wish to select. Only one phone can be active at a time. Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-73
  • “Delete Phone” ᭺ C 3. Press and hold the button for more 10. The system will announce that voice adap- than 5 seconds. tation has been completed and the system isUse the Delete Phone command to delete a ready.phone that is connected to the vehicle. The sys- 4. The system announces: “Press thetem will list the names assigned to each phone PHONE/SEND ( ) button for the The VA mode will stop if:and then prompt you for the phone you wish to hands-free phone system to enter the voicedelete. Deleting a phone from the vehicle will also ● The button is pressed for more than 5 adaptation mode or press the PHONE/END seconds in VA mode.delete that phonebook for that phone. ( ) button to select a different lan-“Turn Bluetooth OFF” ᭺ D guage.” ● The vehicle begins moving during VA mode.Use the Turn Bluetooth OFF command to prevent ● The ignition switch is placed in the OFF or 5. Press the button.a wireless connection to your phone. LOCK position. For information on selecting a different lan-VOICE ADAPTATION (VA) MODE guage, see “Choosing a language” in this Training phrases section. During the VA mode, the system instructs theVoice Adaptation allows up to two out-of-dialectusers to train the system to improve recognition 6. Voice memory A or memory B is selected trainer to say the following phrases. (The systemaccuracy. By repeating a number of commands, automatically. If both memory locations are will prompt you for each phrase.)the users can create a voice model of their own already in use, the system will prompt you to ● phonebook transfer entryvoice that is stored in the system. The system is overwrite one. Follow the instructions pro-capable of storing a different speaker adaptation vided by the system. ● dial three oh four two ninemodel for each connected phone. 7. When preparation is complete and you are ● delete call back numberTraining procedure ready to begin, press the button. ● incomingThe procedure for training a voice is as follows. 8. The VA mode will be explained. Follow the ● transfer entry instructions provided by the system. 1. Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet ● eight pause nine three two pause seven outdoor location. 9. When training is finished, the system will tell you an adequate number of phrases have ● delete all entries 2. Sit in the driver’s seat with the engine run- been recorded. ● call seven two four zero nine ning, the parking brake on, and the transmis- sion in P (Park). ● phonebook delete entry4-74 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • ● next entry ● call eight oh five four one Operating tips● dial star two one seven oh ● correction ● To enter manual control mode, start the● yes ● connect phone voice recognition system and tilt the tuning ( ) switch up or down. The system will● no ● dial seven four oh one eight speak ЉShowing Manual OptionsЉ when● select ● previous entry manual controls are initially activated. ● To browse the menu options, tilt the tuning● missed ● delete ( ) switch up or down. The system will● dial eight five six nine two ● dial nine seven two six six always speak the current menu option. De- pending on the audio display, it will also● Bluetooth on ● call seven six three oh one show the current menu option.● outgoing ● go back ● To select the current menu option, press the● call three one nine oh two ● call five six two eight zero PHONE/SEND ( ) button.● nine seven pause pause three oh eight ● dial six six four three seven ● To go back to the previous menu, press the● cancel PHONE/END ( ) button. If the current MANUAL CONTROL menu is the Main Menu, pressing the● call back number While using the voice recognition system, it is PHONE/END ( ) button will exit the● call star two zero nine five possible to select menu options by using the Phone system. steering wheel controls instead of speaking voice ● To exit the manual control mode, press and● delete phone commands. The manual control mode does not hold the PHONE/END ( ) button for 5● dial eight three zero five one allow dialing a phone number by digits. The user seconds. may select an entry from the Phonebook or Re-● record name cent Calls lists. To re-activate voice recognition,● four three pause two nine pause zero exit the manual control mode by pressing and holding the PHONE/END ( ) button. At that● delete redial number time, pressing the PHONE/SEND ( ) button● phonebook list names will start the Hands Free Phone System. Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-75
  • TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDEThe system should respond correctly to all voicecommands without difficulty. If problems are en-countered, try the following solutions.Where the solutions are listed by number, tryeach solution in turn, starting with number 1, untilthe problem is resolved. Symptom Solution 1. Ensure that the command is valid. See “List of voice commands” in this section. 2. Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone. 3. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle. 4. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example, windows open or defroster on). NOTE: If it is too System fails to interpret the command correctly. noisy to use the phone, it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized. 5. If more than one command was said at a time, try saying the commands separately. 6. If the system consistently fails to recognize commands, the voice training procedure should be carried out to im- prove the recognition response for the speaker. See “Voice Adaptation (VA) mode” in this section. 1. Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored. This can be confirmed by The system consistently selects the wrong entry from the using the “List Names” command. See “Phonebook” in this section. phone book. 2. Replace one of the names being confused with a new name.4-76 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
  • 5 Starting and drivingPrecautions when starting and driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Cruise control (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 Three-way catalyst. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Precautions on cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Cruise control operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Increasing fuel economy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 Off-road recovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Parking/parking on hills. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25 Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25Ignition switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Brake precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25 NISSAN Intelligent Key™ (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26 Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27 Manual transmission (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29 Ignition switch positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 Freeing a frozen door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Anti-freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Draining of coolant water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 Tire equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29 Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) Special winter equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 Driving on snow or ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30 Manual transmission (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 Engine block heater (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
  • PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTINGAND DRIVING WARNING ● If you suspect that exhaust fumes are ● The exhaust system and body should be entering the vehicle, drive with all win- inspected by a qualified mechanic● Do not leave children or adults who dows fully open, and have the vehicle whenever: would normally require the assistance inspected immediately. of others alone in your vehicle. Pets a. The vehicle is raised for service. should also not be left alone. They ● Do not run the engine in closed spaces b. You suspect that exhaust fumes are could accidentally injure themselves or such as a garage. entering into the passenger others through inadvertent operation of ● Do not park the vehicle with the engine compartment. the vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days, running for any extended length of time. temperatures in a closed vehicle could c. You notice a change in the sound of quickly become high enough to cause ● Keep the rear vent windows, lift gates, the exhaust system. severe or possibly fatal injuries to doors and trunk lids (if so equipped) d. You have had an accident involving people or animals. closed while driving, otherwise exhaust damage to the exhaust system, un- gases could be drawn into the passen-● Closely supervise children when they ger compartment. If you must drive with derbody, or rear of the vehicle. are around cars to prevent them from one of these open, follow these playing and becoming locked in the THREE-WAY CATALYST precautions: trunk where they could be seriously in- The three-way catalyst is an emission control jured. Keep the car locked, with the rear 1. Open all the windows. device installed in the exhaust system. Exhaust seatback and trunk lid securely latched 2. Set the air recirculation but- gases in the three-way catalyst are burned at when not in use, and prevent children’s ton to off and the fan control dial to high temperatures to help reduce pollutants. access to car keys. high to circulate the air.EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide) ● If electrical wiring or other cable con- WARNING nections must pass to a trailer through ● The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys- WARNING the seal on the trunk lid or the body, tem are very hot. Keep people, animals follow the manufacturer’s recommen- or flammable materials away from the● Do not breathe exhaust gases; they dation to prevent carbon monoxide en- exhaust system components. contain colorless and odorless carbon try into the vehicle. monoxide. Carbon monoxide is danger- ous. It can cause unconsciousness or death.5-2 Starting and driving
  • ● Do not stop or park the vehicle over TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING even if under-inflation has not reached the level to flammable materials such as dry grass, SYSTEM (TPMS) (if so equipped) trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure waste paper or rags. They may ignite telltale. and cause a fire. Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and in- Your vehicle has also been equipped with a flated to the inflation pressure recommended by TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the CAUTION system is not operating properly. The TPMS mal- the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard● Do not use leaded gasoline. Deposits or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has function indicator is combined with the low tire from leaded gasoline will seriously re- tires of a different size than the size indicated on pressure telltale. When the system detects a duce the three-way catalyst’s ability to the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, malfunction, the telltale will flash for approxi- help reduce exhaust pollutants. you should determine the proper tire inflation mately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon● Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunc- pressure for those tires.) subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the mal- tions in the ignition, fuel injection, or As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been function exists. When the malfunction indicator is electrical systems can cause overrich equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System illuminated, the system may not be able to detect fuel flow into the three-way catalyst, causing it to overheat. Do not keep driv- (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS ing if the engine misfires, or if notice- when one or more of your tires is significantly malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, able loss of performance or other un- under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire including the installation of replacement or alter- usual operating conditions are pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent detected. Have the vehicle inspected check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate the TPMS from functioning properly. Always promptly by a NISSAN dealer. all your tires to the proper pressure. Driving on a check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replac- significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to ing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to● Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under- ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and level. Running out of fuel could cause inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function the engine to misfire, damaging the three-way catalyst. life, and may affect the vehicle’s handling and properly. stopping ability.● Do not race the engine while warming it Additional information: up. Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s ● The TPMS does not monitor the tire● Do not push or tow your vehicle to start responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, pressure of the spare tire. the engine. Starting and driving 5-3
  • ● The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle ● The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning is WARNING is driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 not displayed if the low tire pressure warning km/h). Also, this system may not detect a light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunc- ● If the low tire pressure warning light sudden drop in tire pressure (for example a tion. illuminates while driving, avoid sudden flat tire while driving). steering maneuvers or abrupt braking, ● Tire pressure rises and falls depending on reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road ● The low tire pressure warning light does not the heat caused by the vehicle’s operation to a safe location and stop the vehicle automatically turn off when the tire pressure and the outside temperature. Low outside as soon as possible. Driving with under- of all your tires are adjusted. After the tires temperature can lower the temperature of inflated tires may permanently damage are inflated to the recommended pressure, the air inside the tire which can cause a the tires and increase the likelihood of the vehicle must be driven at speeds above lower tire inflation pressure. This may cause tire failure. Serious vehicle damage 16 MPH (25 km/h) to activate the TPMS and the low tire pressure warning light to illumi- could occur and may lead to an acci- turn off the low tire pressure warning light. nate. If the warning light illuminates in low dent and could result in serious per- Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire ambient temperature, check the tire pres- sonal injury. Check the tire pressure for pressure. sure for all four tires. all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure ● The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning ● The Tire and Loading Information label (also shown on the Tire and Loading Informa- message is displayed in the odometer when referred to as the vehicle placard or tire tion label to turn the low tire pressure the low tire pressure warning light is illumi- inflation pressure label) is located in the warning light OFF. If you have a flat tire, nated and low tire pressure is detected. The driver’s door opening. replace it with a spare tire as soon as CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning mes- possible. (See “Flat tire” in the “In case sage turns off when the low tire pressure For additional information, see “Low tire pressure of emergency” section for changing a warning light turns off. The low tire pressure warning light” in the “Instruments and controls” flat tire.) warning light remains illuminated until the section and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System tires are inflated to the recommended COLD (TPMS)” in the “In case of emergency” section. tire pressure. The CHECK TIRE PRES- SURE warning message is displayed each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated. See “Check tire pressure warning message” in the “Instruments and controls” section.5-4 Starting and driving
  • ● When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel Some examples are: For Canada: is replaced, the TPMS will not function – Facilities or electric devices using similar radio This device complies with RSS-210 of In- and the low tire pressure warning light frequencies are near the vehicle. dustry Canada. Operation is subject to the will flash for approximately 1 minute. following two conditions: The light will remain on after 1 minute. – If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as being used in or near the vehicle. 1. This device may not cause interfer- possible for tire replacement and/or – If a computer (or similar equipment) or a ence, and system resetting. DC/AC converter is being used in or near the 2. This device must accept any interfer-● Replacing tires with those not originally vehicle. ence, include interference that may specified by NISSAN could affect the FCC Notice: cause undesired operation of the de- proper operation of the TPMS. vice. For USA:● Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires, as this may This device complies with Part 15 of the AVOIDING COLLISION AND cause a malfunction of the tire pressure FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol- ROLLOVER sensors. lowing two conditions: WARNING 1. This device may not cause harmful in- CAUTION terference, and Failure to operate this vehicle in a safeDo not place metalized film or any metal and prudent manner may result in loss of 2. This device must accept any interfer-parts (antenna, etc.) on the windows. This control or an accident. ence received, including interferencemay cause poor reception of the signals that may cause undesired operation. Be alert and drive defensively at all times. Obeyfrom the tire pressure sensors, and the Note: Changes or modification not ex- all traffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed,TPMS will not function properly. pressly approved by the party respon- high speed cornering, or sudden steering ma-Some devices and transmitters may temporarily sible for compliance could void the us- neuvers, because these driving practices couldinterfere with the operation of the TPMS and er’s authority to operate the cause you to lose control of your vehicle. As withcause the low tire pressure warning light to illu- equipment. any vehicle, loss of control could result in aminate. collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to roll over, particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways. Be attentive at all times, and Starting and driving 5-5
  • avoid driving when tired. Never drive when under 4. When appropriate , slowly release the accel- the tires for wear and damage. See “Wheels andthe influence of alcohol or drugs (including pre- erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle. tires” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself”scription or over-the-counter drugs which may section of this manual. If a tire rapidly loses air 5. If there is nothing in the way, steer the ve-cause drowsiness). Always wear your seat belt pressure or “blows-out” while driving, maintain hicle to follow the road while vehicle speedas outlined in the “Safety – Seats, seat belts and control of the vehicle by following the procedure is reduced. Do not attempt to drive the ve-supplemental restraint system” section of this below. Please note that this procedure is only a hicle back onto the road surface until vehiclemanual, and also instruct your passengers to do general guide. The vehicle must be driven as speed is reduced.so. appropriate based on the conditions of the ve- 6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn the hicle, road and traffic.Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in colli- steering wheel until both tires return to thesions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, an road surface. When all tires are on the road WARNINGunbelted or improperly belted person is surface, steer the vehicle to stay in the ap- The following actions can increase thesignificantly more likely to be injured or propriate driving lane. chance of losing control of the vehicle ifkilled than a person properly wearing aseat belt. ● If you decide that it is not safe to return the there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure. vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle, Losing control of the vehicle may cause aOFF-ROAD RECOVERY road or traffic conditions, gradually slow the collision and result in personal injury. vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road. ● The vehicle generally moves or pulls inIf the right side or left side wheels unintentionallyleave the road surface, maintain control of the RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS the direction of the flat tire.vehicle by following the procedure below. Please ● Do not rapidly apply the brakes.note that this procedure is only a general guide. Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” can occurThe vehicle must be driven as appropriate based if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to ● Do not rapidly release the accelerator hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid air pressure loss pedal.on the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic. can also be caused by driving on under-inflated ● Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel. 1. Remain calm and do not overreact. tires. 2. Do not apply the brakes. Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling 1. Remain calm and do not over react. and stability of the vehicle, especially at highway 2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel 3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel speeds. with both hands and try to hold a straight with both hands and try to hold a straight course. Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintain- course. ing the correct air pressure and visually inspect5-6 Starting and driving
  • IGNITION SWITCH3. When appropriate, slowly release the accel- NISSAN is committed to safe driving. However, WARNING erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle. you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol. Every year thousands of people are ● Never remove or turn the key to the4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location LOCK position while driving. The steer- injured or killed in alcohol-related accidents. Al- off the road and away from traffic if possible. ing wheel will lock (for models with a though the local laws vary on what is considered5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually to be legally intoxicated, the fact is that alcohol steering lock mechanism). This may stop the vehicle. affects all people differently and most people cause the driver to lose control of the underestimate the effects of alcohol. vehicle and could result in serious ve-6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers and hicle damage or personal injury. either contact a roadside emergency service Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix! And to change the tire or see “Changing a flat that is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter, pre- ● Never place the ignition switch in the tire” in the “In case of emergency” section of scription, and illegal drugs). Don’t drive if your LOCK position while driving. The steer- this manual. ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alco- ing wheel will lock (for models with a hol, drugs, or some other physical condition. steering lock mechanism). This mayDRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND cause the driver to lose control of theDRIVING vehicle and could result in serious ve- hicle damage or personal injury. WARNINGNever drive under the influence of alcoholor drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstream re-duces coordination, delays reaction timeand impairs judgement. Driving afterdrinking alcohol increases the likelihoodof being involved in an accident injuringyourself and others. Additionally, if youare injured in an accident, alcohol canincrease the severity of the injury. Starting and driving 5-7
  • CAUTION ● Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle. ● Never leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle when you leave the vehicle. ● If the vehicle battery is discharged the ignition switch cannot be moved from the “LOCK” position and if the steering lock is engaged, the steering wheel may not be able to be moved. Charge the battery as soon as possible. (See “JUMP STARTING” in the “In case of LSD0175 emergency” section of this manual.) WSD0191NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY™ (if so Operating rangeequipped) The Intelligent Key functions can only be usedThe Intelligent Key can operate the ignition when the Intelligent Key is within the specifiedswitch without taking the key out from your operating range.pocket or purse. The operating environmentand/or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key When the Intelligent Key battery is almost dis-operation. charged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location, the Intelligent Key sys- tem’s operating range becomes narrower and may not function properly. If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range, it is possible for anyone, even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key, to turn the ignition switch to start the engine.5-8 Starting and driving
  • The operating range of the engine start functionis inside of the vehicle ᭺. 1 ● If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instru- ment panel, rear parcel shelf, inside the glove box, storage bin or door pocket, the Intelligent Key may not function. ● If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or window outside the vehicle, the Intelligent Key may function. WSD0041 LSD0175 Without Intelligent Key With Intelligent Key CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE ● When removing the key from the ignition switch, make sure the shift selector is in the TRANSMISSION (CVT) (if so P (Park) position. equipped) When the ignition switch cannot be turned to the The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition LOCK position: switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position until the shift selector is moved to the P (Park) 1. Shift the shift selector to the P (Park) posi- position. tion. ● When moving the ignition switch to the 2. Turn the ignition switch slightly in the ON LOCK position, make sure the shift selector direction. is in the P (Park) position. 3. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi- tion. Starting and driving 5-9
  • 4. Remove the key if it is inserted in the ignition IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS switch. LOCK: Normal parking position (0)If the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK posi-tion, the shift selector cannot be moved from the ● Intelligent Key:P (Park) position. ● PUSH OFF- The steering lock can onlyThe shift selector can be moved if the igni- be locked at this position (for vehiclestion switch is placed in the ON position and equipped with a steering lock mecha-the foot brake pedal is depressed. nism).There is an OFF position between the OFF: (1)LOCK and ACC positions. The OFF position The engine can be turned off without locking theis indicated by a “1” on the key cylinder. steering wheel (for vehicles equipped with a steering lock mechanism). WSD0052 ACC: (Accessories) (2) MANUAL TRANSMISSION (if so This position activates electrical accessories equipped) such as the radio when the engine is not running. The ignition switch includes a device that helps ON: Normal operating position (3) prevent accidental removal of the key while driv- ● Intelligent Key: ing. ● PUSH ON- The ignition switch will be The key can only be removed when the ignition unlocked while carrying the Intelligent switch is in the LOCK position. Key. On manual transmission models, to turn the igni- This position turns on the ignition system and the tion switch to the LOCK position from the ACC or electrical accessories. ON position, place the ignition switch in the OFF position, push the key in, then place the ignition switch in LOCK position.5-10 Starting and driving
  • BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINESTART: (4) If the no start condition re-occurs, NISSAN rec- ● Make sure the area around the vehicle is ommends placing the registered key on a sepa- clear.This position starts the engine. As soon as the rate key ring to avoid interference from otherengine has started, release the key. It automati- ● Check fluid levels such as engine oil, cool- devices.cally returns to the ON position. ant, brake and clutch fluid (if so equipped), and windshield-washer fluid as frequently asNISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER possible, or at least whenever you refuel.SYSTEM ● Check that all windows and lights are clean.The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer system will notallow the engine to start without the use of the ● Visually inspect tires for their appearanceregistered key. and condition. Also check tires for proper inflation.If the engine fails to start using a registered key(for example, when interference is caused by ● Lock all doors.another registered key, an automated toll road ● Position seat and adjust head restraints.device or automatic payment device on the keyring), restart the engine using the following pro- ● Adjust inside and outside mirrors.cedure: ● Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to 1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON position do likewise. for approximately 5 seconds. ● Check the operation of warning lights when 2. Place the ignition switch in the OFF or the key is turned to the ON (3) position. See LOCK position, and wait approximately 10 “Warning/indicator lights and audible re- seconds. minders” in the “Instruments and controls” section of this manual. 3. Repeat steps 1 and 2. 4. Restart the engine while holding the device (which may have caused the interference) separate from the registered key. Starting and driving 5-11
  • STARTING THE ENGINE 1. Apply the parking brake. The Intelligent Key warning light blink- ● If the engine is very hard to start in ex- ing in red, turns off by performing the follow- tremely cold weather or when restarting, 2. CVT model: depress the accelerator pedal a little (ap- ing operations: Move the shift selector to P (Park) or N proximately 1/3 to the floor) and hold it (Neutral). P (Park) is recommended. ● Return the ignition switch to the LOCK and then crank the engine. Release the position. switch and the accelerator pedal when The shift selector cannot be moved out the engine starts. of P (Park) and into any of the other ● Turn the ignition switch to the ACC posi- gear positions if the ignition switch is tion. ● If the engine is very hard to start because turned to the OFF position or if the key it is flooded, depress the accelerator When the buzzer beeps 4 times continu- pedal all the way to the floor and hold it. is removed from the ignition switch. ously, check for the following: Crank the engine for 5-6 seconds. After The starter is designed not to operate if the shift selector is in any of the driving ● The ignition switch is returned to the cranking the engine, release the accel- LOCK position. erator pedal. Crank the engine with your positions. foot off the accelerator pedal by turn- Manual transmission model: ● The mechanical key is not inserted into ing the ignition switch to START. Release the ignition switch. the key when the engine starts. If the Move the shift selector to N (Neutral). De- engine starts, but fails to run, repeat the press the clutch pedal to the floor while The inside warning buzzer stops when one above procedure. cranking the engine. of the following is performed: The starter is designed not to operate ● Return the ignition switch to the LOCK CAUTION unless the clutch pedal is fully de- position. Do not operate the starter for more than pressed. ● Remove the mechanical key from the ig- 15 seconds at a time. If the engine does The Intelligent Key must be carried not start, turn the ignition switch to off when operating the ignition switch. nition switch. and wait 10 seconds before cranking When the Intelligent Key warning ● Close the doors. again, otherwise the starter could be light in the meter blinks in red and the 3. Crank the engine with your foot off the damaged. inside warning buzzer emits a short beep, be accelerator pedal by turning the ignition sure that the shift selector is in the P (Park) switch to START. Release the switch when position and the ignition switch is securely the engine starts. If the engine starts, but returned to the LOCK position. fails to run, repeat the above procedure.5-12 Starting and driving
  • DRIVING THE VEHICLE4. Warm-up CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE ● Except in an emergency, do not shift to Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec- TRANSMISSION (CVT) (if so the N (Neutral) position while driving. onds after starting. Do not race the engine equipped) Doing so can cause a loss of engine while warming it up. Drive at moderate braking which may result in a collision, speed for a short distance first, especially in WARNING serious personal injury or death. In ad- cold weather. dition, coasting with the transmission ● Do not depress the accelerator pedal in the N (Neutral) position may cause while shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu- serious damage to the transmission. tral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or L (Low). Always depress the brake pedal until CAUTION shifting is completed. Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and When stopping the vehicle on an uphill have an accident. grade, do not hold the vehicle by depress- ing the accelerator pedal. The foot brake ● Cold engine idle speed is high, so use should be used for this purpose. caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has The CVT in your vehicle is electronically con- warmed up. trolled to produce maximum power and smooth ● Do not downshift abruptly on slippery operation. roads. This may cause a loss of control. The recommended operating procedures for this ● Never shift to P (Park) or R (Reverse) transmission are shown on the following pages. while the vehicle is moving. This could Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle cause an accident. performance and driving enjoyment. Starting and driving 5-13
  • NOTE: WARNINGEngine power may be automatically re- Apply the parking brake if the shift selec-duced to protect the CVT if the engine tor is in any position while the engine isspeed increases quickly when driving on not running. Failure to do so could causeslippery roads or while being tested on the vehicle to move unexpectedly or rollsome dynamometers. away and result in serious personal injuryStarting the vehicle or property damage. 1. After starting the engine, fully depress the If the key is turned to the OFF or ACC position for foot brake pedal before moving the shift any reason while the vehicle is in N (Neutral), or selector out of the P (Park) position. any drive position, the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position and be removed from the ignition 2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and switch. If this occurs, perform the following steps: move the shift selector into a driving gear. LSD0177 1. Apply the parking brake when the vehicle is 3. Release the foot brake, then gradually start stopped. the vehicle in motion. To move the shift selector: Push the button ᭺ while depressing the A 2. Move the shift selector to P (Park) to park the 4. Stop the vehicle completely before shifting vehicle and turn the ignition switch to the brake pedal the shift selector to the P (Park) position. LOCK position to remove the key. Push the button ᭺ to shift AThe CVT is designed so the foot brake P (Park):pedal MUST be depressed before shiftingfrom P (Park) to any drive position while Shift without pushing button ᭺ A CAUTIONthe ignition switch is in the ON position. To prevent transmission damage, use theThe shift selector cannot be moved out of P Shifting P (Park) or R (Reverse) position only when(Park) and into any of the other gear posi- the vehicle is completely stopped.tions if the ignition switch is turned to the After starting the engine, fully depress the brakeLOCK or OFF position or if the key is re- pedal and move the shift selector from P (Park) tomoved. any of the desired shift positions.5-14 Starting and driving
  • Use the P (Park) selector position when the ve- N (Neutral):hicle is parked or when starting the engine. Make Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged. Thesure the vehicle is completely stopped. The engine can be started in this position. You maybrake pedal must be depressed and the shift to N (Neutral) and restart a stalled engineshift selector button pushed in to move the while the vehicle is moving.shift selector from N (Neutral) or any driveposition to P (Park). Apply the parking brake. D (Drive):When parking on a hill, apply the parking brake Use this position for all normal forward driving.first, then place the shift selector into the P (Park)position. L (Low):R (Reverse): Use this position for maximum engine braking on steep downhill gradients/climbing steep slopes and whenever approaching sharp bends. Do not CAUTION use the L (Low) position in any other circum- WSD0192To prevent transmission damage, use the stances.P (Park) or R (Reverse) position only when Manual shift mode (if so equipped)the vehicle is completely stopped. When the manual shift mode button ᭺ is AUse the R (Reverse) position to back up. Make pressed with the vehicle stopped or while driving,sure the vehicle is completely stopped before the transmission enters the manual shift mode.selecting R (Reverse) position. R (Reverse) Shift ranges can be selected manually using thespeed is limited to 25 MPH (40 km/h). Do not paddles on the steering wheel ᭺ and ᭺. B Cexceed 25 MPH (40 km/h) in the R (Reverse) In the manual shift mode, the shift range is dis-position. The brake pedal must be de- played on the position indicator in the meter.pressed and the shift selector buttonpushed in to move the shift selector from P(Park), N (Neutral) or any drive position to R(Reverse). Starting and driving 5-15
  • M1 (1st): ● In the manual shift mode, the transmis- sion may shift up automatically to a Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly higher range than selected if the en- or driving slowly through deep snow, sand or gine speed is too high. When the ve- mud, or for maximum engine braking on steep hicle speed decreases, the transmis- downhill grades. sion automatically shifts down. The ● Remember not to drive at high speeds for transmission shifts to M1 (1st) gear extended periods of time in lower than M6 before the vehicle comes to a com- range. This reduces fuel economy. plete stop. When accelerating again, it is necessary to shift up to the desired When shifting up: range. Pull the + ᭺ paddle on the steering wheel C ● When the CVT fluid temperature is ex- towards you. (Shifts to higher range.) tremely low, the manual shift mode may not When shifting down: work and automatically shift as a drive mode. LSD0193 This is not a malfunction. In this case, pressShift ranges up or down one by one as follows: Pull the Ϫ ᭺ paddle on the steering wheel B the manual shift button ᭺ off and drive for a A towards you. (Shifts to lower range.) while and then reactivate the manual shiftM1←→ M2 ←→ M3 ←→ M4 ←→ M5 ←→ M6 ● Pulling the same paddle twice will shift the mode.M6 (6th): ranges in succession. However, if this mo- ● When the CVT fluid temperature is high, theUse this position for all normal forward driving at tion is rapidly done, the second shifting may shift range may upshift in lower rpm thanhighway speeds. not be completed properly. usual. This is not a malfunction. When canceling the manual shift mode:M5 (5th): Press the manual shift mode button ᭺ to return AUse this position when driving up long slopes, or the transmission to the normal driving mode.for engine braking when driving down longslopes. ● In the manual shift mode, the transmis- sion may not shift to the selected gear.M4 (4th), M3 (3rd) and M2 (2nd): This helps maintain driving perfor-Use for hill climbing or engine braking on downhill mance and reduces the chance of ve-grades. hicle damage or loss of control.5-16 Starting and driving
  • 3. Remove the shift lock release cover as shown. 4. Insert a small screwdriver in the shift lock release slot and push down. 5. Move the shift selector to the N (Neutral) position while holding down the shift lock release. 6. Now the vehicle may be moved to the de- sired location. If the shift selector cannot be moved out of P (Park), have a NISSAN dealer check the trans- mission as soon as possible. LSD0178 LSD0179 WARNING Overdrive (O/D) OFF switchShift lock release If the shift selector cannot be moved fromIf the battery is discharged, the shift selector may When the O/D OFF switch is pushed with the the P (Park) position while the engine isnot be moved from the P (Park) position even with running and the brake pedal is depressed, shift selector in the D (Drive) position, thethe brake pedal depressed. the stop lights may not work. Malfunction- light in the instrument panel illuminates. See ing stop lights could cause an accident “Overdrive off indicator light (CVT models)” in theTo move the shift selector, release the shift lock. “Instruments and controls” section of this manual.The shift selector can be moved to N (Neutral). injuring yourself and others. Use the Overdrive off mode when you need im-To push the shift lock release, complete the fol- proved engine braking.lowing procedure: To turn off the Overdrive off mode, push the O/D 1. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi- OFF switch again. The indicator light will tion and remove the key turn off. 2. Apply the parking brake. Starting and driving 5-17
  • Each time the engine is started, or when the shift have a NISSAN dealer check the transmis- CAUTIONselector is shifted to any position other than D sion and repair if necessary.(Drive), the Overdrive off mode will be automati- ● Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedalcally turned off. WARNING while driving. This may cause clutch damage.Accelerator downshift When the high fluid temperature protec- tion mode or fail-safe operation occurs, ● Fully depress the clutch pedal before— in D position — shifting to help prevent transmission vehicle speed may be gradually reduced.For passing or hill climbing, depress the accel- The reduced speed may be lower than damage.erator pedal to the floor. This shifts the transmis- other traffic, which could increase the ● Stop your vehicle completely beforesion down into a lower gear, depending on the chance of a collision. Be especially care- shifting into R (Reverse).vehicle speed. ful when driving. If necessary, pull to the side of the road at a safe place and allow ● When the vehicle is stopped with theFail-safe the transmission to return to normal op- engine running (for example, at a stop eration, or have it repaired if necessary. light), shift to N (Neutral) and releaseWhen the fail-safe operation occurs, the CVT will the clutch pedal with the foot brakenot be shifted into the selected driving position. MANUAL TRANSMISSION (if so applied.If the vehicle is driven under extreme con- equipped)ditions, such as excessive wheel spinningand subsequent hard braking, the fail-safe WARNINGsystem may be activated. The MIL maycome on to indicate the fail-safe mode is ● Do not downshift abruptly on slipperyactivated, see “Malfunction Indicator Light roads. This may cause a loss of control.(MIL)” in the “Instruments and controls” ● Do not over-rev the engine when shift-section. This will occur even if all electrical ing to a lower gear. This may cause acircuits are functioning properly. In this loss of control or engine damage.case, place the ignition switch in the OFFposition and wait for 10 seconds. Thenplace the ignition switch back in the ONposition. The vehicle should return to itsnormal operating condition. If it does notreturn to its normal operating condition,5-18 Starting and driving
  • To back up, lift up on the shift selector ring ᭺ and 1 Suggested maximum speed in each gear then move it to the R (Reverse) position after stopping the vehicle completely. Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate. The shift selector ring ᭺ returns to its original 1 position when the shift selector is moved to the N Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed (Neutral) position. (shown below) in any gear. For level road driving, use the highest gear suggested for that speed. If it is difficult to move the shift selector into R Always observe posted speed limits, and drive (Reverse) or 1 (1st), shift into N (Neutral), then according to the road conditions, which will en- release the clutch pedal. Depress the clutch sure safe operation. Do not over-rev the engine pedal again and shift into R (Reverse) or 1 (1st). when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control. Suggested up-shift speeds MR20DE engine models: The following are suggested vehicle speeds for GEAR MPH (km/h) LSD0180 shifting into a higher gear. These suggestions 1st 27 (44)Shifting relate to fuel economy and vehicle performance. 2nd 49 (79) Actual upshift speeds will vary according to roadTo change gears or when upshifting or down- conditions, the weather and individual driving 3rd 68 (109)shifting, depress the clutch pedal fully, shift into habits. 4th —the appropriate gear, then release the clutch 5th — GEAR CHANGE MPH (km/h)slowly and smoothly. 6th — 1st to 2nd 8 (13) QR25DE engine models:To ensure smooth gear changes, fully depress 2nd to 3rd 17 (27)the clutch pedal before operating the shift selec- 3rd to 4th 25 (40) GEAR MPH (km/h)tor. If the clutch pedal is not fully depressed 4th to 5th 36 (58) 1st 33 (53)before the transmission is shifted, a gear noise 5th to 6th 51 (82) 2nd 53 (86)may be heard. Transmission damage may occur. 3rd 75 (121) 4th —Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift to 2nd, 3rd, 5th —4th and 5th up to 6th gear in sequence according 6th —to vehicle speed. Starting and driving 5-19
  • PARKING BRAKE 3. While pulling up on the parking brake lever WARNING slightly, push the button and lower com-● Be sure the parking brake is fully re- pletely ᭺. B leased before driving. Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an 4. Before driving, be sure the brake warning accident. light goes out.● Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle.● Do not use the shift selector in place of the parking brake. When parking, be sure the parking brake is fully engaged.● Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle. They could release the parking brake and cause an accident. WSD0169 To engage: Pull the lever up ᭺. A To release: 1. Firmly apply the foot brake. 2. Manual transmission models: Place the shift selector in the N (Neutral) position. CVT models: Move the shift selector to the P (Park) posi- tion.5-20 Starting and driving
  • CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped) ● The SET indicator light may blink when the CAUTION cruise control switch is turned ON while pushing the ACCEL/RES, COAST/SET, or On manual transmission models, do not CANCEL switch. To properly set the cruise shift into N (Neutral) without depressing control system, use the following proce- the clutch pedal when the cruise control is dures. set. Should this occur, depress the clutch pedal and turn the main switch off imme- WARNING diately. Failure to do so may cause engine damage. Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions: CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS ● When it is not possible to keep the The cruise control allows driving at a speed be- vehicle at a set speed. tween 25 - 89 MPH (40 - 144 km/h) without LSD0176 ● In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal. speed. To turn on the cruise control, push the1. ACCEL/RES switch2. COAST/SET switch ● On winding or hilly roads. ON·OFF switch. The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument panel comes on.3. CANCEL switch ● On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.).4. ON/OFF switch ● In very windy areas. To set cruising speed, accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed, push the COAST/SET switchPRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle and release it. The SET indicator light in theCONTROL control and result in an accident. instrument panel comes on. Take your foot off the ● If the cruise control system malfunctions, it accelerator pedal. Your vehicle maintains the set cancels automatically. The SET indicator speed. light in the instrument panel then blinks to ● To pass another vehicle, depress the ac- warn the driver. celerator pedal. When you release the ● If the SET indicator light blinks, turn the pedal, the vehicle returns to the previously cruise control switch off and have the sys- set speed. tem checked by a NISSAN dealer. Starting and driving 5-21
  • BREAK-IN SCHEDULE ● The vehicle may not maintain the set speed To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one CAUTION when going up or down steep hills. If this of the following three methods. happens, drive without the cruise control. During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km), ● Depress the accelerator pedal. When the follow these recommendations to obtainTo cancel the preset speed, use one of the vehicle attains the desired speed, push and maximum engine performance and en-following three methods. release the COAST/SET switch. sure the future reliability and economy of ● Push the CANCEL button; the SET indicator ● Push and hold the ACCEL/RES switch. your new vehicle. Failure to follow these light in the instrument panel goes out. When the vehicle attains the speed you de- recommendations may result in short- sire, release the switch. ened engine life and reduced engine ● Tap the brake pedal; the SET indicator light performance. goes out. ● Push and release the ACCEL/RES switch. Each time you do this, the set speed in- ● Avoid driving for long periods at constant ● Push the ON·OFF switch off. Both the creases by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h). speed, either fast or slow, and do not run the CRUISE indicator light and SET indicator engine over 4,000 rpm. light in the instrument panel go out. To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one of the following three methods. ● Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear.The cruise control is automatically canceled andthe SET light in the instrument panel goes out if: ● Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the ve- ● Avoid quick starts. hicle attains the desired speed, push the ● you depress the brake or clutch pedal while ● Avoid hard braking as much as possible. COAST/SET switch and release it. pushing the ACCEL/RES or SET/COAST ● Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles switch. The preset speed is deleted from ● Push and hold the COAST/SET switch. Re- (800 km). Your engine, axle or other parts memory. lease the switch when the vehicle slows to could be damaged. the desired speed. ● the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH (13 km/h) below the set speed. ● Push and release the COAST/SET switch. Each time you do this, the set speed de- ● you depress the clutch pedal (manual trans- creases by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h). mission), or move the shift selector to N (Neutral) (CVT). To resume the preset speed, push and re- lease the ACCEL/RES switch. The vehicle re- turns to the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h).5-22 Starting and driving
  • INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY● Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Maintain ● When cruising at highway speeds, it is more cruising speeds with a constant accelerator economical to use the air conditioner and position. leave the windows closed to reduce drag.● Drive at moderate speeds on the highway. ● Use the recommended viscosity engine oil. Driving at high speed lowers fuel economy. See “Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants” in the “Technical and con-● Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking. sumer information” section of this manual. Maintain a safe distance behind other ve- hicles.● Use a proper gear range which suits road conditions. On level roads, shift into high gear as soon as possible.● Avoid unnecessary engine idling.● Keep your engine tuned up.● Follow the recommended periodic mainte- nance schedule.● Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres- sure. Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy.● Keep the wheels in correct alignment. Im- proper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy.● Air conditioner (if so equipped) operation lowers fuel economy. Use the air conditioner only when necessary. Starting and driving 5-23
  • PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS 2. Manual transmission models: Place the shift selector in the R (Reverse) position. When parking on an uphill grade, place the shift selector in 1st gear. Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) models: Move the shift selector to the P (Park) position. 3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into traffic when parked on an incline, it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated. ● HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: ᭺